Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the cow that's first up

1 FIRST

• AU men can't be first - Не всем казакам в атаманах быть (H)

• Be content in your lot; one cannot be first in everything - Не всем казакам в атаманах быть (H)

• Better be first in a village than second at Rome - Лучше быть первым в деревне, чем последним в городе (Л)

• Cow that's first up, gets the first of the dew (The) - Кто первый пришел, первый муку смолол (K)

• Everyone can't be first - Не всем казакам в атаманах быть (H)

• First come, first served - Кто первый пришел, первый муку смолол (K), Кто раньше на мельницу придет, раньше смелет (K), Первому гостю - первое место (П)

• First there, first served - Кто первый пришел, первый муку смолол (K), Кто раньше на мельницу придет, раньше смелет (K), Первому гостю - первое место (П)

• First winner, last loser - Кто опоздает, тот воду хлебает (K), Кто поздно приходит, тот ничего не находит (K), Первому гостю - первое место (П)

• He that comes first to the mill may sit where he will - Кто раньше на мельницу придет, раньше смелет (K)

• He who comes first grinds first - Кто первый пришел, первый муку смолол (K), Кто раньше на мельницу придет, раньше смелет (K), Первому гостю - первое место (П)

• I am not the first and I won't be the last - Я не первый, и я не последний (Я)

• I am not the first, and shall not be the last - Я не первый, и я не последний (Я) FISH

• All is fish that comes to the net - Всякая рыба хороша, коли на удочку пошла (B), Доброму вору все впору (Д)

• All's fish that comes to his net - Всякая рыба хороша, коли на удочку пошла (B), Доброму вору все впору (Д)

• Best fish smell when they are three days old (/The/) - Мил гость, что недолго гостит (M)

• Better a big fish in a little pond than a little fish in a big pond - Лучше быть первым в деревне, чем последним в городе (Л)

• Better a big fish in a little puddle than a little fish in a big puddle - Лучше быть первым в деревне, чем последним в городе (Л)

• Better a small fish than an empty dish - Лучше мало, чем совсем ничего (Л)

• Big fish eat the little ones (The) - Большая рыба маленькую целиком глотает (Б), Кто кого смог, тот того и с ног (K)

• Catch the fish before you fry it - Цыплят по осени считают (Ц)

• Cat that would eat fish must wet her feet (The) - Чтобы рыбку съесть, надо в воду лезть (4)

• Do not fish in front of a net - Цыплят по осени считают (Ц)

• Don't clean your fish before you catch it - Не поймав, не щиплют (H), Цыплят по осени считают (Ц)

• Dry shoes won't catch fish - Чтобы рыбку съесть, надо в воду лезть (4)

• Every fish is not a sturgeon - Вещь вещи рознь, человек человеку рознь (B), Федот, да не тот (Ф)

• Fish always stinks from the head downward (The) - Рыба с головы гниет (P)

• Fish and callers (company, visitors) smell in three days - Мил гость, что недолго гостит (M)

• Fish begins to stink at the head - Рыба с головы гниет (P)

• Fish never nibbles at the same hook twice (A) - Старую лису дважды не проведешь (C)

• Fish stinks first in the head (The) - Рыба с головы гниет (P)

• Fish that escapes is the biggest fish of all (The) - Которая корова пала, та по два удоя давала (K)

• Fish will soon be caught that nibbles at every bait (The) - Любопытной Варваре нос оторвали (Л)

• Fresh fish and new - come guests smell in three days - Мил гость, что недолго гостит (M)

• Great fish eat up the small (The) - Большая рыба маленькую целиком глотает (B), Кто кого смог, тот того и с ног (K)

• Gut no fish till you get them - Не поймав, не щиплют (H)

• He that would catch a fish must venture his bait - Пошел за большим, не жалей малого (П)

• He who would catch fish must not mind getting wet - Не замочив рук, не умоешься (H), Чтобы рыбку съесть, надо в воду лезть (4)

• It is a silly fish that is caught twice with the same bait - В одну ловушку два раза зверя не заманишь (B), Старую лису дважды не проведешь (C)

• It is better to be the biggest fish in a small puddle than the smallest fish in a big puddle - Лучше быть головой собаки, чем хвостом льва (Л)

• It is good fish if it were but caught - Хороша Маша, да не наша (X), Хоть хорош пирог, да в чужих руках (X)

• Little fish are (is) sweet - Рыба мелка, да уха сладка (P)

• Make not your sauce till you have caught the fish - Медведя не убив, шкуры не продавай (M), Не поймав, не щиплют (H), Цыплят по осени считают (Ц)

• Neither fish, flesh, nor fowl - Ни рыба, ни мясо (H)

• Neither fish, nor flesh, nor good red herring - Ни рыба, ни мясо (H)

• Never fry a fish till it's caught - Медведя не убив, шкуры не продавай (M)

• Never offer to teach fish to swim - Не учи плавать щуку, щука знает свою науку (H), Не учи рыбу плавать, а собаку - лаять (H), Не учи ученого (H)

• Sea is full of other fish (The) - Мир не без добрых людей (M), Свет не клином сошелся (C)

• That fish is soon caught who nibbles at every bait - Кто не в свое дело суется, тому достается (K), Любопытной Варваре нос оторвали (Л)

• There are as good fish in the sea as ever came out of it - И за рекой люди живут (И), Лес по дереву не плачет, море по рыбе не тужит (Л), Не только людей что Фома да Фаддей (H), Не только света, что в окошке (H), Свет не клином сошелся (C)

• There are better fish in the sea than have ever been caught - И за рекой люди живут (И), Лес по дереву не плачет, море по рыбе не тужит (Л), Не только людей что Фома да Фаддей (H), Не только света, что в окошке (H), Свет не клином сошелся (C)

• There is as good fish in the sea as ever came out of it - Не только света, что в окошке (H)

• Venture a small fish to catch a great one - Пошел за большим, не жалей малого (П)

Русско-английский словарь пословиц и поговорок > FIRST
2 Кто первый пришел, первый муку смолол

The man who is prompt to do his job has the best chances. See Встать пораньше, шагнуть подальше (B), Кто раньше на мельницу придет, раньше смелет (K), Первому гостю - первое место (П), Раньше начнешь, раньше поспеешь (P)
Var.: Кто первый пришёл, первый молол
Cf: The cow that's first up, gets the first of the dew (Br.). First come, first served (Am., Br.). First there, first served (Am.). The foremost dog catches the hare (Am., Br.). Не who comes first grinds first (Am.)

Русско-английский словарь пословиц и поговорок > Кто первый пришел, первый муку смолол
3 кто рано встаёт, тому Бог даёт

Set phrase: early sow, early mow, early start makes easy stages, first come, first served, gets the first of the dew, he that comes first to the hill, may sit where he will, it's the early bird that catches the worm, the cow that's first up, the early bird catches the worm, the foremost dog may catch the hare, the foremost dog may catches the hare

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > кто рано встаёт, тому Бог даёт
4 кто рано встаёт, тому бог даёт

Set phrase: early sow, early mow, early start makes easy stages, first come, first served, gets the first of the dew, he that comes first to the hill, may sit where he will, it's the early bird that catches the worm, the cow that's first up, the early bird catches the worm, the foremost dog may catch the hare, the foremost dog may catches the hare

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > кто рано встаёт, тому бог даёт
5 गो _gō

गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.]

1 Cattle, kine (pl.)

-2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.

-3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1.

-4 The sky.

-5 The thunder- bolt of Indra; Ki.8.1.

-6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6.

-7 A diamond.

-8 Heaven.

-9 An arrow. -f.

1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6.

-2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (

-6).

-3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2.

-4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.

-5 A mother.

-6 A quarter of the compass.

-7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5.

-8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42.

-9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव.

-2 The hair of the body.

-3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3.

-4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49.

-5 The sun.

-6 The number 'nine' (in math.).

-7 The moon.

-8 A singer.

-9 A billion.

-1 A cow-sacrifice

-11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा... Enm.

-Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made im- passable.

-2 the cow's hoof.

-3 the print of a cow's hoof.

-कर्ण a. having cow's ears.

(-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57.

-2 a mule.

-3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42.

-4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P.

-5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33.

-6 a kind of deer.

-7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42.

-किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird.

-किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough

-2 a pestle.

-कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb.

-2 a cow-house.

-3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up).

-कुलिक a.

1 one who does not help a cow in the mud.

-2 squint-eyed.

-कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā.

-कृतम् cow-dung.

-क्षीरम् cow's milk.

-क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof.

-खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13.

-खा a nail.

-गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf.

-गोयुगम् a pair of oxen.

-गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed.

-ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung.

-2 a cow-house.

-ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2.

-ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.

-घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer.

-घृतम् 1 rain-water.

-2 clarified butter coming from a cow.

-घ्न a.

1 destructive to cows.

-2 one who has killed a cow.

-3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.

-चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood.

-चर a.

1 grazed over by cattle.

-2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.

-3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13.

-4 moving on earth.

-5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12.

-6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent.

(-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1.

-2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39.

-3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible.

-4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16.

-5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.

-6 horizon.

-7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4.

-8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other.

˚पीडा in- auspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current).

-चर्मन् n.

1 a cow's hide.

-2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha:-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva.

-चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29.

-चारकः cowherd.

-चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8.

-ज a.

1 born in the earth (rice &c.).

-2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा...... Kaṭh.5.2.

-जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13.

-जलम् the urine of a bull or cow.

-जागरिकम् auspi- ciousness, happiness. (

-कः) a preparer of food, baker.

-जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11.

-जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी).

-जिह्विका the uvula.

-जीव a. living on cattle (milk- man); Hch.1.7.

-तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow.

-तीर्थम् a cowhouse.

-त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क]

1 a cow-pen.

-2 a stable in general.

-3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141.

-4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88.

-5 a multitude.

-6 increase.

-7 a forest.

-8 a field.

-9 a road.

-1 possessions, wealth.

-11 an umbrella, a parasol.

-12 knowledge of futurity.

-13 a genus, class, species.

-14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (

-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm.

(-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows.

-2 the earth.

˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree.

˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family.

˚कीला the earth.

˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135.

˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree.

˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family.

-भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52.

˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8.

-द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (

-दः) brain. (

-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī.

-दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (

-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (

-त्रम्) a crown (pro- tecting the head).

-दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail.

(-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment.

-2 a white fossil substance.

-दानम् 1 the gift of a cow.

-2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently).

-3 the part of the head close to the right ear.

-दाय a. intending to give cows.

-दारणम् 1 a plough.

-2 a spade, hoe.

-दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south.

-दुह् m.,

-दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi.

-दोहः 1 the milking of cows.

-2 the milk of cows.

-3 the time of milking cows.

-दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows.

-2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4.

-दोहनी a milk-pail.

-द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow.

-धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle.

-2 possession of cows. (

-नः) a broad-pointed arrow.

-धरः a mountain.

-धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26.

-धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13.

-2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour;

-सम्भवम् a sour paste.

-धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called be- cause cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth).

-धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf.

-भ्रः a mountain.

-नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva.

-नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird.

-नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane.

-2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull).

-3 N. of a country.

-नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya.

-नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake.

-2 a kind of gem.

-नसा the mouth of a cow.

-नाथः 1 a bull.

-2 an owner of land.

-3 a herdsman.

-4 an owner of kine.

-नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3.

-नाशनः a wolf.

-नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox.

-नासम् a kind of gem.

-निष्यन्दः cow's urine.

-पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15.

-2 the chief of a cowpen.

-3 the superintendent of a village.

-4 a king.

-5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1.

˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49.

˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd.

˚आटविका a cowherd.

˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd.

-2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana.

˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.

˚चापः the rainbow.

˚दलः the betel-nut tree.

˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily.

˚रसः gum myrrh.

˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1.

(-पकः) 1 the superin- tendent of a district.

-2 myrrh.

(-पिका) 1 a cowher- dess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15.

-2 protectress. (

-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports).

-2 a milk-maid.

-3 a protectress.

-4 Nature, elementary nature.

-पतिः 1 an owner of cows.

-2 a bull.

-3 a leader, chief.

-4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32.

-5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1.

-6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.

-7 N. of Śiva.

-8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11.

-9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26.

-पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av.

-पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो.

-पशुः a sacrificial cow.

-पाः m. Ved.

1 a herdsman.

-2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57.

-पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15.

-पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253.

-2 a king.

-3 an epithet of Śiva.

-4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed.

-पालकः 1 a cowherd.

-2 a king.

-3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa.

-पालिः an epithet of Śiva.

-पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19.

-पालितः N. of a lexicographer.

-पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.).

-पीतः a species of wagtail.

-पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (

-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage.

-पुच्छम् a cow's tail.

-2 a particular point of an arrow.

(-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22.

-2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings.

-3 a kind of drum.

-पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull.

-पुत्रः 1 a young bull.

-2 an epithet of Karṇa.

-पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1.

-2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5.

-3 the ornamental gate- way of a temple.

-पुरीषम् cowdung.

-प्रकाण्डम् an ex- cellent cow or bull.

-प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166.

-प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle.

-2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11.

-प्रदानम् same as गोदान.

-प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35.

-फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c.

-2 a sling.

-बालः the hair of cows.

-भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6.

-भृत् m.

1 a mountain.

-2 a king.

-मक्षिका a gadfly.

-मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3.

-मंडलम् 1 the globe.

-2 a multitude of cows.

-मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B.

-मतम् = गव्यूति q. v.

-मतल्लिका a tract- able cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41.

-मथः a cowherd.

-मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist.

-महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय.

-मांसम् beef.

-मायु 1 a kind of frog.

-2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25.

-3 bile of a cow.

-4 N. of a Gandharva.

-मीनः a kind of fish.

-मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55.

(-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark.

-2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves.

(-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly.

-2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (

-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside.

-2 a house built unevenly.

-3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (

-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows.

-मूढ a. stupid as a bull.

-मूत्रम् cow's urine.

-मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11.

-कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly.

-मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it:-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.)

-2 a form of calculation.

-मृगः a kind of ox (गवय).

-मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, des- cribed as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue.

-मेदकः 1 see गोमेद.

-2 a kind of poison (काकोल).

-3 smearing the body with unguents.

-मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8.

-यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174.

-युक्त a. drawn by oxen.

-युतम् 1 a cattle station.

-2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22.

-रक्षः 1 a cow- herd.

-2 keeping or tending cattle.

-3 the orange.

-4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat.

-रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith).

-रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl

-2 a prisoner.

-3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes.

-4 a chanter.

-रवम् saffron.

-रसः cow's milk.

-2 curds.

-3 buttermilk.

-4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk.

-राजः an excellent bull.

-राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird.

-रुतम् a measure of dis- tance equal to two Krośas.

-रूपम् the form of a cow. (

-पः) N. of Śiva.

-रोचम् yellow orpiment.

-रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow.

-लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow.

-लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3.

-लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world.

-लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute.

-2 white Dūrvā grass.

-3 Zedoary.

-4 N. of a shrub.

-वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf.

-वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59.

-वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.

-वरम् pounded cowdung.

-वशा a barren cow.

-वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen.

-वासन a. covered with an ox-hide.

-विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m.

1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9.

-2 a hus- bandman.

-विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows.

-विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman.

-2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.

-3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन

-विष् f.,

-विष्ठा cowdung.

-विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4.

-विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9.

-वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2.

-वीर्यम् the price received for milk.

-वृन्दम् a drove of cattle.

-वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow.

-वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva.

-वैद्यः a quack docter.

-व्रजः 1 a cow-pen.

-2 a herd of cows.

-3 a place where cattle graze.

-व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in fru- gality;...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14.

-शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182.

-शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa.

-शालम्, -ला a cow-stall.

-शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11.

-2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23.

-षड्गवम् three pairs of kine.

-षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows.

-षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7.

-2 giving cattle.

-ष्टोमः a kind of sacri- fice fasting for one day.

-संख्यः a cowherd.

-सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय).

-सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग.

-सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17.

-सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (

-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ.

-सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री).

-सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow.

-स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow.

-2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c.

-3 a pearl-necklace of four strings.

-4 a kind of fort.

-स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes.

-स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen.

-स्वामिन् m.

1 an owner of cows.

-2 a religious mendicant.

-3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्).

-हत्या cow-slaughter.

-हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung.

-हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.)

-हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (

-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > गो _gō
6 pie

m.

1 foot.

a pie on foot

prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot

estar de o en pie to be on one's feet o standing

ponerse de o en pie to stand up

llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours

de pies a cabeza (figurative) from head to toe

perder/no hacer pie to go/to be out of one's depth

pie de atleta athlete's foot

pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters

pies planos flat feet

2 stand.

pie de foto caption

pie de página (computing) footer

3 cue (Teatro).

4 leg, central support.

5 Computer Science Academic Program.

6 pes.

pret.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) Preterite Indicative of Spanish verb: piar.

* * *

pie

► nombre masculino

1 ANATOMÍA foot

■ llevo de pie todo el día I've been on my feet all day

■ me duelen los pies my feet ache

2 (base - de una lámpara) base; (- de una escultura) plinth

3 (de un verso) foot

4 (medida de longitud) foot

5 (de un documento) foot; (de una fotografía, dibujo) caption

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a los pies de la cama at the foot of the bed

a pie on foot

al pie de (cerca) close by

al pie de la letra word for word

al pie del cañón familiar hard at it, working

buscarle los tres pies al gato familiar to split hairs

creer algo a pies juntillas familiar to believe something implicitly

dar pie a to give occasion for

de los pies a la cabeza from head to toe

empezar con buen/mal pie to start off on the right/wrong foot

estar en pie de guerra to be on a war footing 2 figurado to be on the war path

hacer pie to touch the bottom

ir con pies de plomo to tread very carefully

nacer de pie to be born with a silver spoon in one's mouth

no dar pie con bola to mess everything up, not get anything right

no tener ni pies ni cabeza to be ludicrous, be absurd

pararle los pies a alguien to put somebody in their place

poner los pies en to set foot in

ponerse de/en pie to get to one's feet, stand up

saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know what somebody's weakness is

tenerse de pie to keep on one's feet

pie de atleta athlete's foot

pie de imprenta imprint

pies planos flat feet

* * *

noun m.

1) foot

2) cue

* * *

SM

1) (Anat) foot

levanta el pie izquierdo — lift your left foot

las plantas de los pies — the soles of the feet

no arrastres los pies al andar — don't drag your feet while you walk

con los pies descalzos — barefoot

se le fueron los pies — he slipped

poner el pie en el acelerador — (lit) to step on the gas *; (fig) to speed things up, step up the pace

volverse pies atrás — to retrace one's steps

pie de atleta — athlete's foot

pie de cabra — crowbar

pie de rey — slide gauge

pies de barro — feet of clay

pies de cerdo — (Culin) (pig's) trotters

pies de gato — climbing boots

pies planos — flat feet

2) [locuciones]

• a pie — on foot

ir a pie — to go on foot, walk

• estar de pie — to be standing (up)

estaba de pie junto a mi cama — he was standing next to my bed

permanecieron mucho tiempo de pie — they were standing for a long time, they were on their feet a long time

• en pie, llevo en pie desde las cuatro — I've been up since four

mantenerse en pie — [persona] to stay standing o on one's feet; [objeto] to remain upright

la oferta sigue en pie — the offer still stands

ganado en pie — LAm cattle on the hoof

• a pie enjuto — † (lit) dry-shod; (fig) without danger, without any risk

• a pie firme † —

permanecer a pie firme — to remain steadfast

• ponerse de o en pie — to stand up

- de a pie

gente de a pie — common o ordinary folk

el hombre de a pie — the man in the street

el español de a pie — the average Spaniard

soldado de a pie — ( Hist) foot-soldier

- andar con pies de plomo

- de pies a cabeza

se mojó de pies a cabeza — she got soaked from head to foot

es un caballero de pies a cabeza — he's a gentleman through and through

- caer de pie

- cojear del mismo pie

hacer algo con los pies * —

han redactado este contrato con los pies — they've made a mess of drawing up this contract

estás pensando con los pies — you're not using your head

- con los pies por delante

se lo llevaron con los pies por delante — he left feet first, he left in a (wooden) box

- no dar pie con bola

hoy no doy pie con bola — I can't seem to get anything right today

- dale el pie y se tomará la mano

- entrar con buen pie o con el pie derecho

- estar con un pie en el hoyo

- hacer pie

no hacer pie — to be out of one's depth

a pies juntillas — blindly

se lo creyeron a pies juntillas — they blindly believed it

- levantarse con el pie izquierdo

- nacer de pie

- parar los pies a algn

- perder el pie

- poner el pie o los pies en

desde el pasado sábado, mi padre no ha puesto los pies en casa — my father hasn't set foot in the house since last Saturday

- poner los pies en el suelo

- poner los pies en polvorosa

- sacar los pies del plato o tiesto

- salir por pies

sin pies ni cabeza —

un argumento sin pies ni cabeza — an absurd argument

el mensaje no tenía ni pies ni cabeza — the message didn't make any sense at all, I couldn't make head or tail of the message

el plan no tiene ni pies ni cabeza — the plan is totally unworkable
buscar 1., 1), a)
3) (=base) [de columna, estatua, lámpara] base; [de cama] foot; [de colina, escalera] foot, bottom; [de copa] stem; [de calcetín] foot

a los pies de la cama — at the foot of the bed

al pie del monte — at the foot o bottom of the mountain

al pie de ese edificio — next to that building, right beside that building

al pie de fábrica — ex-works

al pie de la obra — (Com) including delivery charges

al pie del cañón —

este fin de semana estará al pie del cañón — he'll be hard at work this weekend

ha cumplido 30 años al pie del cañon — he spent 30 years on the job

morir al pie del cañón — to die in harness

4) [de página] foot, bottom; [de foto] caption

notas a pie de página — footnotes

- al pie de la letra

pie de imprenta — imprint

5) (Bot) [de árbol] trunk; [de planta] stem; [de rosa] stock

6) (=unidad de medida) foot

tiene cuatro pies de largo — it is four feet long

pie cuadrado — square foot

7) (Teat) cue

8) [de vino] sediment

9) (=causa)

• dar pie a — to give cause for

dar pie para que algn haga algo — to give sb cause to do sth

10) (=posición)

• estar en pie de igualdad — to be on an equal footing ( con with)

estar en pie de guerra — (lit) to be on a war footing, be ready to go to war; (fig) to be on the warpath

poner a algn en pie de guerra — to get sb up in arms

11) (Literat) foot

12) Cono Sur * (=pago) deposit, down payment

13)

pie de vía — CAm (Aut) indicator, turn signal (EEUU)

* * *
I
masculino

1)

a) (Anat) foot

un dedo del pie — a toe

tiene (los) pies planos — she has flat feet

a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

b) (en locs)

a pie — on foot

¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

de pie — standing

tuve que viajar de pie todo el camino — I had to stand all the way

ponte de pie — stand up

en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

- pie de atleta

2)

a) (de calcetín, media) foot

b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem

c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

al pie de la letra — exactly

sigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra — follow my instructions to the letter o exactly

al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

d) ( de cama) tb

pies — foot

- pie de firma

- pie de fotografía

- pie de fuerza

- pie de imprenta

3) (Bot) cutting, slip

4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot

•

- pie quebrado
II [pai]
masculino (AmL) pie

* * *
I
masculino

1)

a) (Anat) foot

un dedo del pie — a toe

tiene (los) pies planos — she has flat feet

a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

b) (en locs)

a pie — on foot

¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

de pie — standing

tuve que viajar de pie todo el camino — I had to stand all the way

ponte de pie — stand up

en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

- pie de atleta

2)

a) (de calcetín, media) foot

b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem

c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

al pie de la letra — exactly

sigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra — follow my instructions to the letter o exactly

al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

d) ( de cama) tb

pies — foot

- pie de firma

- pie de fotografía

- pie de fuerza

- pie de imprenta

3) (Bot) cutting, slip

4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot

•

- pie quebrado
II [pai]
masculino (AmL) pie

* * *

pie¹

¹ = foot [feet, -pl.], tail, toe.

Ex: She was tapping with her foot on the carpet.

Ex: The top and bottom of the book are known as the head and tail respectively, and the front is the fore-edge (rhymes with porridge); similarly the margins round the type on each page are called the head, tail, outer (at the fore-edge), and inner margins.

Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.

* alfombra de pie de cama = bedside rug.

* al pie (de) = at the bottom (of), at the foot (of).

* al pie de la letra = to the letter.

* andar con pies de plomo = tread + warily.

* andarse con pies de plomo = walk on + eggshells.

* apagar un fuego con los pies = stomp out + fire.

* a pie = on foot, afoot, dismounted.

* a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.

* a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.

* apoyo para los pies = footrest.

* arrastrando los pies = shuffling.

* arrastrar los pies = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* arreglarse los pies = pedicure.

* atar de pies y manos = hogtie.

* bajo los pies = underfoot.

* baño de pies = footbath.

* bomba de pie = foot pump.

* buscarle cinco pies al gato = split + hairs.

* buscarle los tres pies al gato = nitpick.

* buscarle tres pies al gato = split + hairs.

* caer de pie = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.

* carrera a pie = foot race.

* comenzar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* comenzar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing.

* con el pie deformado = clubfooted.

* con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.

* con los pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.

* con notas a pie de página = footnoted.

* con pie firme = sure-footed.

* con un pie en la tumba = over the hill.

* cuidado de los pies = footcare.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dedo del pie = toe.

* dedo gordo del pie, el = big toe, the.

* dedo meñique del pie = pinkie toe.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* dejar de pie = leave + standing.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de nuevo en pie = up and about.

* de pies a cabeza = from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de pies ligeros = swift-footed.

* de pies planos = flat-footed.

* desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* distancia a pie = walking distance.

* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.

* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.

* empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.

* en pie = up and about.

* en pie de guerra = on the warpath.

* entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* estar de pie = stand.

* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.

* freno de pie = foot brake [footbrake].

* gente de a pie = ordinary people.

* hombre de a pie, el = man-on-the-street, man in the street, the.

* ir a pie = leg it.

* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.

* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.

* lámpara de pie = standing lamp, floor lamp.

* levantarse con el pie izquierdo = wake up on + the wrong side of the bed, get up on + the wrong side of the bed.

* mantenerse en pie = hold + Posesivo + own.

* no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.

* no encontrar ni el pie ni la cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.

* nota a pie de página = footnote.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of, be pointless.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.

* perchero de pie = coat-stand.

* perder el pie = lose + Posesivo + footing.

* pie de atleta = athlete's foot.

* pie de imprenta = edition imprint, imprint statement, imprint.

* pie de obra = building site.

* pie de página = footer.

* pie de página repetido = running foot, footline.

* pie de pie = standing.

* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.

* pies planos = flat feet, pes planus, fallen arches.

* pies sobre la tierra = feet on the ground.

* planta del pie = sole.

* poner de pie = stand + upright.

* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.

* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.

* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.

* poner pie en = set + foot (inside/in/on).

* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.

* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.

* retrete de pie = squat toilet, squatty potty, squat loo.

* sacar los pies del plato = break out of + the box.

* sacar los pies del tiesto = break out of + the box.

* salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* seguir Algo al pie de la letra = follow + Nombre + to the letter.

* seguir al pie de la letra = keep + strictly to the letter.

* seguir al pie del cañón = soldier on.

* seguir en pie = hold + Posesivo + own, hold up.

* sin pies ni cabeza = without rhyme or reason.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tiña del pie = tinea pedis.

* uña del pie = toenail.

* visita a pie = walking tour.

pie²

² = foot [feet, -pl.].

Nota: Medida equivalente a 30 centímetros.

Ex: Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.

* de un pie de grosor = foot-thick.

* pie cuadrado = square foot (sq. ft.).

* pie lineal = linear foot.

pie³

³ = winter.

Nota: En la prensa antigua de madera, travesaño que unía los postes de madera verticales que servían de soporte a toda la prensa por la parte de abajo y que servía de soporte al ensamblaje de transporte carriage assembly.

Ex: The chief members of the impression carriage were two upright cheeks about 2 m. high and placed 60-65 cm. apart, carrying between them the winter and, above it, the head, two massive cross timbers mortised into the cheeks which contained the vertical thrust of the impression.

* * *

pie¹

masculine

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ( Anat) foot

no arrastres los pies don't drag your feet

se rompió un dedo del pie he broke a toe

tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet

se echó a sus pies ( liter); he threw himself at her feet ( frml)

a sus pies, señora ( frml); at your service, madam ( frml)

2 ( en locs):

a pie on foot

queda muy cerca, podemos ir a pie it's very near, we can walk o go on foot

¿vamos a pie o en coche? shall we walk or take the car?

esta semana ando a pie ( AmL); I'm walking everywhere this week

a pie de:

una nota a pie de página a note at the foot of the page

viviendas a pie de playa ( Esp); houses with access to the beach

oficina a pie de calle ( Esp); office with direct access to the street

una entrevista a piecalle ( Esp); an interview in the street

experimentos a pie de aula ( Esp); experiments in the classroom

al pie ( Col); very close, just round the corner

de pie standing

estuvimos de pie casi dos horas we were standing (up) o we were on our feet for almost two hours

tuvimos que viajar de pie todo el camino we had to stand all the way

ponte de pie stand up

en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete de la mañana I've been up since seven o'clock this morning

ya no podía tenerme en pie I could hardly walk/stand, I was ready to drop

sólo la pequeña iglesia quedó en pie only the little church remained standing

queda en pie la cita para mañana our date for tomorrow is still on

mi oferta/la promesa sigue en pie my offer/the promise still stands

ganado en pie ( AmL); livestock, cattle on the hoof

a pie pelado ( Chi); barefoot, in one's bare feet

a pie(s) juntillas: está siguiendo a pies juntillas las indicaciones de sus superiores he's following his bosses' instructions to the letter

se cree a pies juntillas todo lo que le dicen he blindly believes every word he's told

buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato ( fam) (buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters, make life difficult; (exponerse al peligro) to ask for trouble ( colloq)

cojear del mismo pie ( fam); to be two of a kind ( colloq), to be tarred with the same brush ( colloq)

con buen pieor con el pie derecho: a ver si mañana nos levantamos con el pie derecho I hope things will get off to a better start tomorrow

con los pies ( fam); badly

esta camisa la debes haber planchado con los pies this shirt looks as if you ironed it with your eyes closed

una solicitud escrita con los pies a very poorly written letter of application

el gerente lleva la empresa con los pies the manager is making a hash o mess of running the company ( colloq)

con los pies por or para delante ( fam euf); feet first

de esta casa me sacarán con los pies por delante they'll have to carry me out of this house feet first o in a box ( colloq euph)

con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground

tiene los pies bien puestos sobre la tierra she has her feet firmly on the ground

con mal pieor con el pie izquierdo badly

empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start, she started badly

hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today ( AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today ( BrE)

con pie(s) de plomo ( fam); very carefully o warily

ándate con pies de plomo tread very warily o carefully

dar pie a algo to give rise to sth

su conducta dio pie a murmuraciones her behavior gave rise to o sparked off rumors

no quiero que esto dé pie a una discusión I don't want this to cause o to be the cause of an argument

darle pie a algn: no le des pie para que te siga criticando don't give him cause o reason o grounds to criticize you again

de a pie common, ordinary

el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person

a mí me gusta hablar con la gente de a pie I like talking to ordinary people

de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe ( colloq)

echar pie atrás ( Chi); to back down

en pie de guerra on a war footing, ready for war, on full alert

en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing, on equal terms

estar a pie ( Chi fam); to be lost ( colloq)

estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot, have one's hands tied

estar con un pie en el estribo ( fam); to be about to leave

me pillas con un pie en el estribo I was just on my way out o about to leave

ya están con un pie en el estribo they're all set to go

estar con un pie en la tumba or sepultura to have one foot in the grave

hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom

yo aquí no hago pie I can't touch the bottom here, I'm out of my depth here

írsele los pies a algn: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still

leche al pie de la vaca ( AmL); milk fresh from the cow

nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star

no doy/da pie con bola ( fam); I/he can't get a thing right

no estirar los pies más de lo que da la frazada ( RPl fam); to cut one's coat according to one's cloth

no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever

el ensayo no tenía ni pies ni cabeza the essay made no sense whatsoever o was totally unintelligible

un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan

pararle a algn los pies ( Esp); to take sb down a peg or two, put sb in his/her place ( colloq)

perder pie (en el agua) to get out of one's depth; (resbalarse) to lose one's footing; (confundirse) to slip up

pies de barro feet of clay

un héroe con pies de barro a hero with feet of clay

poner (los) pies en polvorosa ( fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)

poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place

hoy no he puesto pie en la calle I haven't set foot outside the house today

por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help

saber de qué pie cojea algn ( Esp fam); to know sb's faults o weak points

salir por pies ( Esp fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)

ser más viejo que andar a pie (CS fam); to be as old as the hills ( colloq)

Compuestos:

● pie cavo

high instep

● pie de atleta

athlete's foot

● pie de pollo

( Chi) dogtooth

● pie equino

clubfoot

B

1 (de un calcetín, una media) foot

2 (de una lámpara, columna) base; (de una copa — base) base; (— parte vertical) stem

3 (de una máquina de coser) foot, treadle

4 (de una página, un escrito) foot, bottom

una nota a or al pie de página a footnote

remita el cupón que se acompaña al pie send off the coupon below

un pueblo al pieor a los pies de la montaña a village at the foot of the mountain

al pie de la letra exactly

sigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra follow my instructions to the letter o exactly

repetí al pie de la letra lo que me dijiste I repeated word for word o exactly what you told me

al pie del cañón working

todos se habían ido, pero nosotros seguíamos al pie del cañón everyone had left, but we were still hard at it o still working away

5 (de una cama) tb

pies mpl foot

Compuestos:

● pie de biela

little end

● pie de firma

name and title of signatory

● pie de fotografía

caption

● pie de fuerza

( Col) (personal) manpower; ( Mil) standing army

● pie de imprenta

imprint

● pie de página

footer

● pie de rey

slide gauge

C ( Bot) cutting, slip

Compuesto:

pie de injerto

rootstock

D [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (medida) foot

ocho pies cuadrados eight square feet

E ( Lit) foot

Compuesto:

pie quebrado

line of four or five syllables

F ( Chi) (depósito) down payment

pie²

/pai/

masculine

( AmL)

pie

* * *

Del verbo piar: ( conjugate piar)

pié es:

1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

píe es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
piar
pie
piar ( conjugate piar) verbo intransitivo
to chirp, tweet
pie 1 sustantivo masculino
1
a) (Anat) foot;

◊ un dedo del pie a toe;

tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet;
pie de atleta athlete's foot
b) ( en locs)

◊ a pie on foot;

ir a pie to go on foot, walk;
hoy ando a pie (AmL) I'm without wheels today;
de pie standing;
ponte de pie stand up;
en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock;
no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand;
solo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing;
mi oferta sigue en pie my offer still stands;
a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet;
de a pie common, ordinary;
de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq);
en pie de guerra on a war footing;
en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing;
hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom;
levantarse con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;
no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever;
por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help
2
a) (de calcetín, media) foot

b) (de lámpara, columna) base;

( de copa — base) base;
(— parte vertical) stem;
( de montaña) foot
c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom;

una nota a or al pie de página a footnote;
◊ pie de fotografía caption;

al pie de la letra ‹copiar/repetir› word by word, exactly
d) ( de cama) tb

◊ pies foot

3
a) ( medida) foot

b) (Lit) foot

pie 2 /pai/ sustantivo masculino (AmL) pie
piar vi (pájaro) to chirp, cheep, tweet
pie sustantivo masculino
1 (de una persona) foot
ponerse de pie, to stand up
pies planos, flat feet
2 (de una columna, lámpara, etc) base
3 (de una copa) stem
4 (de una fotografía) caption
5 (de un texto) foot
una nota a pie de página, a footnote
6 (medida) foot
♦ Locuciones: dar pie a, to give cause for
a pies juntillas, blindly
al pie de la letra, to the letter
con buen/mal pie, on the right/wrong footing
con pies de plomo, cautiously
de pie, standing up
de pies a cabeza, from head to foot
' pie' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- bola
- caminar
- cañón
- ciudadana
- ciudadano
- cojear
- compartir
- dedo
- dormirse
- empanada
- enredarse
- excursionista
- flojera
- gráfica
- gráfico
- guerra
- hormiguear
- hormigueo
- lámpara
- letra
- levantarse
- migaja
- nacer
- parada
- parado
- pararse
- pastel
- patear
- patín
- perchero
- planta
- pulgar
- punta
- reloj
- resistir
- sostenerse
- talón
- tenerse
- uña
- vadear
- ver
- zancadilla
- a
- agachar
- amoldar
- bien
- budín
- buscar
- calambre
English:
accused
- athlete's foot
- bare
- base
- bed
- book
- bottom
- caption
- circumscribe
- clubfoot
- custard pie
- dead
- easy
- floor lamp
- foot
- foothold
- footing
- footnote
- ft
- grandfather
- hike
- hill
- impression
- imprint
- instep
- itch
- letter
- man
- meat pie
- mince pie
- on
- pace
- pie
- pie chart
- press
- print
- promenade concert
- rambler
- remain
- rise
- roll out
- salt
- sole
- stamp
- stamp down
- stand
- stand up
- standing
- standing ovation
- standing room

* * *

pie nm

1. [de persona] foot;

estos zapatos me hacen daño en los pies these shoes hurt my feet;

a pie on foot;

prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot;

estar de o [m5] en pie to be standing;

ponerse de o [m5] en pie to stand up;

llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours;

llevo en pie desde las seis de la mañana I've been up and about since six in the morning;

la oferta sigue en pie the offer still stands;

echar pie a tierra [jinete] to dismount;
[pasajero] to alight;
se me fueron los pies [resbalé] I slipped, I lost my footing;

se me iban los pies con la música my feet were tapping along to the music;

perder/no hacer pie [en el agua] to go/to be out of one's depth;
Formal
a sus pies at your service;

el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street;

en pie de igualdad on an equal footing;

en pie de guerra on a war footing;

Comp

pies de barro: un héroe/líder con (los) pies de barro a hero/leader with feet of clay;

Comp
Fam
buscar (los) tres o [m5] cinco pies al gato to overcomplicate matters;

Comp

de pies a cabeza from head to toe;

Comp

con buen pie: empezar con buen pie to get off to a good start;

terminar con buen pie to end on a good note;

Comp

caer de pie [tener suerte] to land on one's feet;

Comp

no dar pie con bola to get everything wrong;

Comp

con el pie derecho: empezar con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;

Comp

estar con un pie en el estribo to be about to leave;

Comp

a pies juntillas unquestioningly;

Comp

levantarse con el pie izquierdo to get out of bed on the wrong side;

Comp

con mal pie: empezar con mal pie to get off to a bad start;

terminar con mal pie to end on a sour note;

Comp

nacer de pie to be born lucky;

Comp

andar o [m5] ir con pies de plomo to tread carefully;

Comp

pararle los pies a alguien to put sb in their place;

Comp
Fam
poner pies en polvorosa: al llegar la policía, puso pies en polvorosa when the police arrived, you couldn't see him for dust o he legged it;

Comp

poner los pies en o [m5] sobre la tierra to get a grip on reality;

Comp
Esp
saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know sb's weaknesses;

Comp
Fam
salir con los pies por delante to leave feet first o in a box;

Comp
Esp Fam
salir por pies to leg it;

Comp

no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense at all;

Comp

tener un pie en la tumba to have one foot in the grave

Comp

no tenerse en pie: no me tengo en pie I can't stand up a minute longer;

esa teoría no se tiene en pie that theory doesn't stand up

Comp
pie de atleta athlete's foot;
pie de cabra crowbar, Br jemmy, US jimmy;

pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters;

pies planos flat feet

2. [base] [de lámpara, micrófono] stand;
[de copa] stem; [de montaña, árbol, escalera] foot;
al pie de la página at the foot o bottom of the page;

al pie de o [m5]a los pies de la cama/de la montaña at the foot of the bed/mountain;

al pie de la letra to the letter, word for word;

sigue las instrucciones al pie de la letra follow the instructions to the letter;

copiar algo al pie de la letra to copy sth word for word;

no hace falta que lo interpretes al pie de la letra there's no need to interpret it literally;

Comp

al pie del cañón: ahí está, siempre al pie del cañón there he is, always hard at work

Comp
pie de foto caption;
pie de imprenta imprint;
Informát pie de página footer
3. [unidad de medida] foot;

mide tres pies de ancho it's three foot o feet wide

4. Teatro cue;
Fig
dar pie a [críticas, comentarios] to give rise to;
[sospechas] to give cause for; Fig
dar pie a alguien para que haga algo to give sb cause to do sth

5. Lit [de verso] foot

Comp
pie quebrado = short line of four or five syllables alternating with longer lines
6. pie de lobo [planta] clubmoss

7. pies de gato [botas] rock boots

8. Chile [anticipo] down payment

* * *

pie

m

1 de estatua, lámpara base

2 de persona foot;

a pie on foot;

al pie de at the foot of;

de pie standing;

estar de pie be standing (up);

ponerse de o

en pie stand up;

no tenerse en o

de pie fig: por cansancio be ready to drop;

de pies a cabeza from head to foot;

no tiene ni pies ni cabeza it doesn’t make any sense at all, I can’t make head nor tail of it;

a pies juntillas creer blindly;

levantarse con el pie izquierdo get out of bed on the wrong side;

con buen/mal pie empezar get off to a good/bad start;

con los pies fig badly;

andarse con pies de plomo tread warily;

estar en pie be up, be out of bed;

estar en pie de guerra be on a war footing;

buscar tres o

cinco pies al gato fig make things difficult, complicate things;

dar pie para o

a give rise to, generate;

echar pie a tierra go ashore;

estar al pie del cañón fig be hard at work;

hacer pie touch bottom;

no hacer pie en piscina be out of one’s depth;

no dar pie con bola fam get o

do everything wrong;

parar los pies a alguien take s.o. down a peg or two fam ;

saber de qué pie cojea alguien fig know where s.o. is coming from;

poner pies en polvorosa fam take to one’s heels fam ;

salir por pies hotfoot it fam, make o.s. scarce;

pie de la cama foot of the bed;

pies planos flat feet

* * *

pie nm

1) : foot

a pie: on foot

de pie: on one's feet, standing

2) : base, bottom, stem, foot

pie de la cama: foot of the bed

pie de una lámpera: base of a lamp

pie de la escalera: bottom of the stairs

pie de una copa: stem of a glass

3) : foot (in measurement)

pie cuadrado: square foot

4) : cue (in theater)

5)

dar pie a : to give cause for, to give rise to

6)

en pie de igualidad : on equal footing

* * *

pie n

1. (de persona) foot [pl. feet]

Eduardo tiene los pies pequeños Eduardo has small feet

me duelen los pies my feet hurt

2. (de estatua, lámpara, etc) base

a pie on foot

estar de pie to be standing

ir a pie to walk

ponerse de pie to stand up [pt. & pp. stood]

Spanish-English dictionary > pie
7 बहु _bahu

बहु a. (

हु or

ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ)

1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47.

-2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार.

-2 Frequented, repeated.

-4 Large, great.

-5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind.

1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree.

-2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.)

-Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word).

-अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic.

-अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils.

-अप्, -अप a. watery.

-अपत्य a.

1 having a numerous progeny.

-2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny.

(-त्यः) 1 a hog.

-2 a mouse, rat. (

-त्या) a cow that has often calved.

-अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166.

-अर्थ a.

1 having many senses.

-2 having many objects.

-3 important.

-आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.

-उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक.

-उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4.

-उपाय a. effective.

-ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda.

-ऋच a. having many verses. (

-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (

-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1.

-एनस् a. very sinful.

-कर a.

1 doing much, busy, industrious.

-2 useful in many ways.

(-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner.

-2 a camel.

-3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (

-री) a broom.

-कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21.

-कालम् ind. for a long time.

-कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient.

-कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree.

-क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम.

-क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4.

(-मः) 1 a Buddha.

-2 a Jaina deified saint.

-क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (

-रः) a kind of alkali.

-क्षीरा a cow giving much milk.

-गन्ध a. strong-scented. (

-न्धम्) cinnamon.

-गन्धदा musk.

-गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper.

-2 a bud of the Champaka tree.

-गुण a. having many threads or qualities.

-गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist.

-गोत्रज a. having many blood relations.

-ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?).

-च्छल a. deceitful.

-छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल).

-जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal.

-जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious.

-ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge.

-तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument).

-तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137.

-2 abounding in grass.

-त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree.

-द a. liberal, generous.

-दक्षिण a.

1 attended with many gifts or donations.

-2 liberal, munificent.

-दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23.

-दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up.

-दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (

-ग्धः) wheat. (

-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk.

-दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer.

-दृष्ट a. very experienced.

-दोष a.

1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful.

-2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58.

-दोहना yielding much milk.

-धन a. very rich, wealthy.

-धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra.

-2 a diamond.

-धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows.

-नाडिकः the body.

-नाडीकः 1 day.

-2 pillar; L. D. B.

-नादः a conch-shell.

-पत्नीकता polygamy.

-पत्रः an onion. (

-त्रम्) talc. (

-त्री) the holy basil.

-पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree.

-पुष्पः 1 the coral tree.

-2 the Nimba tree.

-पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः).

-प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (

-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly.

-प्रकृति a. consisting of many pri- mary parts or verbal elements (as a compound).

-प्रज a. having many children, prolific.

(-जः) 1 a hog.

-2 the munja grass.

-प्रज्ञ a. very wise.

-प्रतिज्ञ a.

1 comprising many statements or assertions, compli- cated.

-2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā.

-प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents.

-प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficul- ties.

-प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor.

-प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix.

-प्रसूः the mother of many children.

-प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones.

-फल a. rich in fruits. (

-लः) the Kadamba tree. (

-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree.

-बलः a lion.

-बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (

-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ).

-बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh.

-भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate.

-भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative.

-भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11.

-भुजा an epithet of Durgā.

-भूमिक a. having many floors or stories.

-भोग्या a prostitute.

-भोजिन् a. voracious.

-मञ्जरी the holy basil.

-मत a.

1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35.

-2 having many different opinions.

-मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15.

-मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199.

-मलम् lead.

-मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (

-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior.

-मान्य a. respectable, esteem- able; Kull. on Ms.2.117.

-माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321.

-मार्गः a place where many roads meet.

-मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3.

-2 a wanton or un- chaste woman.

-मार्गी a place where several roads meet.

-मुख a.

1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6.

-2 Speaking variously.

-मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes.

-मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (

-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub.

-मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी).

-मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (

-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price.

-मृग a. abounding in deer.

-रजस् a. very dusty.

-रत्न a. rich in jewels.

-रस a. juicy, succulent. (

-सः) sugar-cane.

-राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (

-शिः) m. a series of many terms.

-रूप a.

1 many-formed, multiform, manifold.

-2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3.

(-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon.

-2 hair.

-3 the sun.

-4 N. of Śiva.

-5 of Viṣṇu.

-6 of Brahmā.

-7 of the god of love.

-रूपक a. multiform, manifold.

-रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā.

-रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep.

-लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt.

-वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्.

-वर्ण a. many-coloured.

-वादिन् a. garrulous.

-वारम् ind. many times, often.

-वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर).

-वार्षिक a. lasting for many years.

-विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior.

-विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers.

-विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse.

-वी(बी)जम् the custard apple.

-वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (

-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bel- lerica, Mar. बेहडा).

-व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift.

-व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide.

-व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (

-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c.

-शत्रुः a sparrow.

-शल्यः a species of Khadira.

-शस्त a. very good, right or happy.

-शाख a. having many branches or ramifica- tions.

-शिख a. having many points.

-शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-श्रुत a.

1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36.

-2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (

-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text.

-संख्याक a. numerous.

-सत्त्व a. abounding in animals.

-संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (

-तिः) a kind of bamboo.

-सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (

-रः) the Khadira tree.

-साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands.

-सूः 1 a mother of many children.

-2 a cow.

-सूतिः f.

1 a mother of many children.

-2 a cow that often calves.

-स्वन a. vociferous. (

-नः) an owl.

-स्वामिक a. owned by many.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > बहु _bahu
8 die

I best. Art.

1. (Nom. Sg.) the; die eine ist fleißig, die andere faul the one is hard-working, the other (one) is lazy; die Frau (alle Frauen) woman(kind); die Erde earth; die Königin Elisabeth Queen Elizabeth; die Königstraße the King’s Road; die Chemie chemistry; die kleine Maria little Maria; die Maria, die ich meine the Maria (who) I mean

2. (Akk Sg.) the; die Regel kennen know the rule

3. (Nom. Pl. von der, die, das) the; die Menschen sind sterblich man(kind) is (but) mortal

4. (Akk Pl. von der, die, das) the; die Bücher lesen read the books

II Dem. Pron.

1. (Nom. Sg.) that (one), this (one); she; die Frau hier this woman; die mit dem Hut the one with the hat; nur die kann das verstehen, die... only she ( oder that woman) who... can understand; die und baden gehen? you won’t catch her going swimming; die und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! her - honest? Pull the other one! (Am. Give me a break!); die Frage ist die:... the question is (this):...

2. (Akk Sg.) that (one), this (one); er hat die und die Lösung probiert umg. he tried this and that solution

3. (Nom. Pl. von der, die, das) these, those, they, them; das entscheiden die da oben umg. that is decided by them up top

4. (Akk Pl. von der, die, das) these, those, they, them

III Rel. Pron.

1. (Nom. Sg.) bei Personen: who; bei Sachen: which, that; sie war die Erste, die es erfuhr she was the first to know; jede, die... anyone who...; ich, die ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (Akk Sg.) bei Personen: who(m förm.), that; bei Sachen: which, that

3. (Nom. Pl. von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that; die Blumen, die blühen the flowers that are blooming ( oder in bloom)

4. (Akk Pl. von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that, whom förm.; bei Sachen: which, that; die Blumen, die ich gepflückt habe the flowers (that) I picked

* * *

the (ArtikelSing.); the (ArtikelPl.)

* * *
[diː] [diː] See: → der
* * *

die¹

[di:]

I. art def, nom und akk sing f

1. (allgemein) the

\die Mutter/Pflanze/Theorie the mother/plant/theory

durch \die Luft/Menge/Tür through the air/crowd/door

2. (bei Körperteilen)

ihr blutet \die Nase her nose is bleeding

sich dat \die Hand verletzen to injure one's hand

3. (bei Abstrakta)

\die Demokratie/Geschichte/Kunst democracy/history/art

\die Hoffnung/Liebe/Verzweiflung hope/love/desperation

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

\die Bronze/Wolle bronze/wool; (bei spezifischen Stoffen) the

\die Wolle dieses Schafs the wool from this sheep

5. (einmalig)

\die Frau des Jahres the woman of the year

das ist \die Idee! that's just the idea we've been looking for!

6. (bei Eigennamen)

\die Donau the Danube

\die Franzstraße Franzstraße

\die Schweiz/Türkei Switzerland/Turkey

\die Schweiz der Zwischenkriegszeit interwar Switzerland

\die ‚Alinghi‘ gewann 2003 den America's Cup the ‘Alinghi’ won the 2003 America's Cup

\die junge Bettina young Bettina

\die frühere Blyton the earlier Blyton

sie war nicht mehr \die Martina, die... she was no longer the Martina who...

7. (fam: vor Personennamen)

ich bin \die Susi I'm Susi

hast du \die Mutti gesehen? have you seen [my] mum?

8. (bei Berühmtheiten)

\die Callas/Knef/Piaf Callas/Knef/Piaf

9. (verallgemeinernd)

\die Frau in der Gesellschaft women in society

als \die Dampfmaschine Europa eroberte when the steam engine took Europe by storm

10. (nach Angaben)

20 Kilogramm \die Kiste 20 kilograms a [or per] crate

11. (vor Angaben)

Elisabeth \die Erste Elizabeth the First

12. (vor Substantiviertem)

\die Hübsche the pretty girl/one

\die Älteste/Jüngste the oldest/youngest [one]

\die Arme! the poor girl/woman [or thing]!

II. pron dem, nom und akk sing f

1. attr, betont

\die Frau war es! it was that woman!

\die Halskette will ich kaufen I want to buy this/that necklace

\die Marke da that brand [there]

\die Marke hier this brand [here]

um \die und \die Zeit at such and such a time; s.a. das, der

2. (hinweisend)

\die war es! it was her!

\die hat es getan! it was her that [or who] did it!

\die sagte mir,... she told me...

welche Tür? \die da? oder \die hier? which door? that one [there]? or this one [here]?

wer ist denn \die [da]? (fam) who on earth is she [or that]?

\die und joggen? her, jogging?

\die und \die such and such

3. (unterscheidend)

\die mit dem Hund the one [or fam her] with the dog

welche Pfanne? — \die mit dem Deckel which pan? — the/this/that one with the lid

ach \die! (pej) oh her!

4. (wiederholend)

die Chefin? \die ist nicht da the boss? she's not there

deine Tochter, \die ist nicht gekommen your daughter, she didn't come

meine Brosche! \die ist weg! my brooch! it's gone!

die dumme Gans, \die! the silly goose!

die Geschichte ist \die:... the story is as follows:...

\die, die ich meinte the one I meant

5. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

wo ist deine Schwester? — \die kommt gleich where's your sister? — she'll be here soon

eine gute Frage! aber wie können wir \die beantworten? a good question! but how can we answer it?

willst du meine Katze streichen? — kratzt \die? do you want to stroke my cat? — does it/he/she scratch?

III. pron rel, nom und akk sing f

1. that; (Person a.) who/whom form; (Gegenstand, Tier a.) which

eine Geschichte, \die Millionen gelesen haben [o von Millionen gelesen wurde] a story [that has been] read by millions [or [that] millions have read]

ich sah eine Wolke, \die hinter dem Berg verschwand I saw a cloud disappear behind the mountain

eine Show, \die gut ankommt a much-acclaimed show

die Königin, \die vierzig Jahre herrschte,... (einschränkend) the queen who [or that] reigned for forty years...; (nicht einschränkend) the queen, who reigned for forty years,...

die Liste, \die ich gestern erstellt hatte,... (einschränkend) the list that [or which] I had drawn up yesterday...; (nicht einschränkend) the list, which I had drawn up yesterday,...

die Mörderin, \die von der Polizei gesucht wird,... (einschränkend) the murderess [who [or that]] the police are searching for..., the murderess for whom the police are searching... form; (nicht einschränkend) the murderess, who the police are searching for,..., the murderess, for whom the police are searching,... form

die verbrecherische Tat, \die von den Ermittlern untersucht werden soll,... (einschränkend) the crime [that [or which]] the investigators have to look into..., the crime into which the investigators have to look... form; (nicht einschränkend) the crime, which the investigators have to look into,..., the crime, into which the investigators have to look,... form

2. (diejenige)

\die mir jetzt hilft, wird belohnt anyone helping [or form she who helps] me now will be rewarded

\die diesen Brief geschrieben hat, kann gut Deutsch the person/woman who wrote this letter knows good German

\die zu so etwas fähig ist,... people who are capable of such things...

die²

I. art def, nom und akk pl

1. (allgemein) the

\die Männer/Mütter/Pferde the men/mothers/horses

durch \die Flüsse/Türen/Wälder through the rivers/doors/woods

\die Engländer/Franzosen/Spanier the English/French/Spanish pl

2. (bei Körperteilen)

mir tun \die Füße weh my feet are aching

sich dat \die Haare schneiden to cut one's hair

3. (bei Eigennamen)

\die Everglades/Niederlande the Everglades/Netherlands

4. (fam: vor Personennamen)

das sind \die Werners these/those are the Werners

kennen Sie \die Grübers? do you know the Grübers?

5. (verallgemeinernd)

\die Bäume geben Sauerstoff ab trees give off oxygen

6. (vor Substantiviertem)

\die Auserwählten the chosen ones

\die Besten the best [ones]

\die Toten the dead pl

II. pron dem, nom und akk pl

1. attr, betont

\die zwei Männer waren es! it was those two men!

\die Schuhe trage ich nie mehr! I won't be wearing these/those shoes [or these/those shoes I won't be wearing] any more!

\die Ohrringe da those earrings [there]

\die Ohrringe hier these earrings [here]

2. (hinweisend)

\die waren es! it was them!

\die haben es getan! it was them that [or who] did it!

\die sagten mir,... they told me...

\die da oben the high-ups fam

welche Bücher? \die da? oder \die hier? which books? those [ones] [there]? or these [ones] [here]?

wer sind denn \die [da]? (fam) who on earth are they?

\die und joggen? them, jogging?

\die und \die such and such

3. (unterscheidend)

\die in dem Auto the ones [or fam them] in the car

welche Zettel? — \die auf dem Tisch which notes? — the ones/these [ones]/those [ones] on the table

ach \die! (pej) oh them!

4. (wiederholend)

die Schmidts? \die sind nicht da the Schmidts? they're not there

deine Eltern, wo sind \die? your parents, where are they?

meine Socken! \die sind weg! my socks! they're gone!

die Scheißkerle, \die! the bastards!

die Gründe sind \die:... the reasons are as follows:...

\die, die ich meinte the ones I meant

5. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

was machen deine Brüder? — \die arbeiten what do your brothers do? — they work

gute Fragen! aber wie können wir \die beantworten? good questions! but how can we answer them?

habe ich dir meine Hamster gezeigt? — wo sind \die? have I shown you my hamsters? — where are they?

III. pron rel, nom und akk pl

1. that; (Person a.) who/whom form; (Gegenstand, Tier a.) which

Geschichten, \die Millionen gelesen haben [o von Millionen gelesen wurden] stories [that have been] read by millions [or [that] millions have read]

ich sah zwei Autos, \die um die Ecke fuhren I saw two cars driving around the corner

Taten, \die gut ankommen much-acclaimed deeds

die Abgeordneten, \die dagegenstimmten,... (einschränkend) the MPs who [or that] voted against...; (nicht einschränkend) the MPs, who voted against,...

die Möbel, \die wir morgen liefern müssen,... (einschränkend) the furniture that [or which] we have to deliver tomorrow...; (nicht einschränkend) the furniture, which we have to deliver tomorrow,...

die Bankräuber, \die von der Polizei gesucht werden,... (einschränkend) the bank robbers [who [or that]] the police are searching for..., the bank robbers for whom the police are searching... form; (nicht einschränkend) the bank robbers, who the police are searching for,..., the bank robbers, for whom the police are searching,... form

die Verbrechen, \die von den Ermittlern untersucht werden sollen,... (einschränkend) the crimes [that [or which]] the investigators have to look into..., the crimes into which the investigators have to look... form; (nicht einschränkend) the crimes, which the investigators have to look into,..., the crimes, into which the investigators have to look,... form

2. (diejenigen)

\die diese Stadt gebaut haben, verdienen einen Platz in der Geschichte the people/men/women [or form those] who built this town deserve a place in history; s.a. das, der

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

die Kleine — the little girl

die Liebe/Freundschaft — love/friendship

die ‘Iphigenie’/ (ugs.) Helga — ‘Iphigenia’/Helga

die Demokratie — democracy

die Marktstraße — Market Street

die Schweiz — Switzerland

die Frau/Menschheit — women pl./mankind

die ‘Concorde’/‘Klaus Störtebeker’ — ‘Concorde’/the ‘Klaus Störtebeker’

die Kunst/Oper — art/opera
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr

die Frau war es — it was 'that woman

2) allein stehend she

die war es — it was 'her

die und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] her work!

die mit dem Hund — (ugs.) her with the dog

die [da] — (Frau, Mädchen) that woman/girl; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

die blöd[e] Kuh, die! — (fig. salopp) what a silly cow! (sl. derog.)
3.
Relativpronomen Nom. (Mensch) who; that; (Sache, Tier) which; that

die Frau, die da drüben entlanggeht — the woman walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who

die das getan hat — the woman etc. who did it
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 1: the

hast du die Ute gesehen? — (ugs.) have you seen Ute?

2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: the
2.
Demonstrativpronomen Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: attr

ich meine die Männer, die gestern hier waren — 1 mean those men who were here yesterday; allein stehend

ich meine die [da] — 1 mean 'them
3.
Relativpronomen

1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 3.: (bei Menschen) who; that; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which; that

2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 3., die I 3., das 3.: (bei Menschen) whom

die Männer, die ich gesehen habe — the men 1 saw; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which

die Bücher, die da liegen — the books lying there

* * *

die

A. best art

1. (nom sg) the;

die eine ist fleißig, die andere faul the one is hard-working, the other (one) is lazy;

die Frau (alle Frauen) woman(kind);

die Erde earth;

die Königin Elisabeth Queen Elizabeth;

die Königstraße the King’s Road;

die Chemie chemistry;

die kleine Maria little Maria;

die Maria, die ich meine the Maria (who) I mean

2. (akk sg) the;

die Regel kennen know the rule

3. (nom pl von der, die, das) the;

die Menschen sind sterblich man(kind) is (but) mortal

4. (akk pl von der, die, das) the;

die Bücher lesen read the books

B. dem pr

1. (nom sg) that (one), this (one); she;

die Frau hier this woman;

die mit dem Hut the one with the hat;

nur die kann das verstehen, die … only she ( oder that woman) who … can understand;

die und baden gehen? you won’t catch her going swimming;

die und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! her - honest? Pull the other one! (US Give me a break!);

die Frage ist die: … the question is (this): …

2. (akk sg) that (one), this (one);

er hat die und die Lösung probiert umg he tried this and that solution

3. (nom pl von der, die, das) these, those, they, them;

das entscheiden die da oben umg that is decided by them up top

4. (akk pl von der, die, das) these, those, they, them

C. rel pr

1. (nom sg) bei Personen: who; bei Sachen: which, that;

sie war die Erste, die es erfuhr she was the first to know;

jede, die … anyone who …;

ich, die ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (akk sg) bei Personen: who(m form), that; bei Sachen: which, that

3. (nom pl von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that;

die Blumen, die blühen the flowers that are blooming ( oder in bloom)

4. (akk pl von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that, whom form; bei Sachen: which, that;

die Blumen, die ich gepflückt habe the flowers (that) I picked

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

die Kleine — the little girl

die Liebe/Freundschaft — love/friendship

die ‘Iphigenie’/ (ugs.) Helga — ‘Iphigenia’/Helga

die Demokratie — democracy

die Marktstraße — Market Street

die Schweiz — Switzerland

die Frau/Menschheit — women pl./mankind

die ‘Concorde’/‘Klaus Störtebeker’ — ‘Concorde’/the ‘Klaus Störtebeker’

die Kunst/Oper — art/opera
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr

die Frau war es — it was 'that woman

2) allein stehend she

die war es — it was 'her

die und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] her work!

die mit dem Hund — (ugs.) her with the dog

die [da] — (Frau, Mädchen) that woman/girl; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

die blöde Kuh, die! — (fig. salopp) what a silly cow! (sl. derog.)
3.
Relativpronomen Nom. (Mensch) who; that; (Sache, Tier) which; that

die Frau, die da drüben entlanggeht — the woman walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who

die das getan hat — the woman etc. who did it
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 1: the

hast du die Ute gesehen? — (ugs.) have you seen Ute?

2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: the
2.
Demonstrativpronomen Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: attr

ich meine die Männer, die gestern hier waren — 1 mean those men who were here yesterday; allein stehend

ich meine die [da] — 1 mean 'them
3.
Relativpronomen

1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 3.: (bei Menschen) who; that; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which; that

2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 3., die I 3., das 3.: (bei Menschen) whom

die Männer, die ich gesehen habe — the men 1 saw; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which

die Bücher, die da liegen — the books lying there

* * *

art.f.

the art. pron.

which pron.

who pron.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > die
9 שאל

שָׁאַל(b. h.) 1) to ask, beg; to inquire, question. Yoma 75a bot. בשר ששָׁאֲלוּ שלאוכ׳ flesh for which they asked unreasonably was given them at an unreasonable time (in the evening) Taan.4a, v. הוֹגָן. Ber.V, 2 (33a) ושוֹאֲלִין (את) הגשמיםוכ׳ (Bab. ed. ושְׁאֵלָה, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) and the prayer for rain is inserted in the Benediction of Years (the ninth section of the Prayer of Benedictions, v. שָׁנָה). Taan.I, 1 אף אני לא אמרתי לִשְׁאוֹל אלא להזכיר I also did not say, ‘to ask for rain, but to mention rain. Ib. 2. Y.Ber.V, 9b bot. שוֹאֵל צרכיו, v. צוֹרֶךְ. B. Bath.IX, 1 יִשְׁאֲלוּוכ׳, v. פֶּתַח. Ab. IV, 18 ואל תִּשְׁאַל לו בשעת נדרו ask not thy neighbor (as to circumstances which may change the aspects of his vow) at the moment of his vow, v. infra Nif. Ib. V, 7 שואל כענין ומשיבוכ׳ he (the wise student) asks pertinent questions, and (when asked) replies in agreement with the adopted law. Bekh.36a עמד השואל וש׳ יכ׳ the questioner (at college) arose and asked Ned.20a שָׁאֲלוּ אתוכ׳ they asked Imma Shalom Nidd.68b בראשון לא שָׁאַלְתִּי … שלא שאלתי as to the first day I did not ask, and I made a mistake in not asking. Gen. R. s. 68 מטרונה שָׁאֶלָהוכ׳ a Roman matron asked R. José ; a. v. fr.Yoma 73a כיצד שוֹאֲלִין השואל פניו כלפי נִשְׁאָל הנשאלוכ׳ how were the Urim and Tummim consulted? The inquirer had his face directed to him (the priest) who was consulted, and the latter directed himself to the Divine Presence (the Urim and Tummim). Ib. אין שואלין שניוכ׳ you must not ask two questions at a time; a. fr.ש׳ בשלום (or sub. בשלום) to salute. M. Kat. 21b הוא שואל בשלום אחרים … אחרים אין שואלין בשלומווכ׳ he (the mourner during the first thirty days) may inquire after the peace of others, for they dwell in peace, but others must not inquire after his peace, for he does not dwell in peace. Ib. משיב ואינו שואל, v. שוּב; a. fr. 2) (cmp. דָּרַש) to discuss, lecture. Tosef.Meg.IV (III), 5 שואלין הילכותוכ׳ the laws of Passover are expounded on Passover, v. עִנְיָן; Meg.29b שואלין בהלכותוכ׳; Y.Pes.I, 27b bot.; Bab. ib. 6a שואלין בהלכותוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שואלין ודורשין, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); Snh.12b; a. fr. 3) (cmp. בְּעֵי I) to beg to remark, to submit. Y.Shek.I, beg.45d ר׳ חזקיה ש׳ מעתהוכ׳ R. H. remarked, according to this Ib. 46b. Y.Snh.IX, 27a bot.; a. fr. 4) to ask for a loan, to borrow. Sabb.XXIII, 1 שואל אדם מחבירווכ׳ a man may borrow of his neighbor vessels of wine or oil (on the Sabbath), but must not say הַלְוֵינִי (v. infra Hif.); a. fr.Esp. to borrow an object for use (with ref. to Ex. 22:13 sq.). B. Mets. 103a שואל אדם בטובו לעולם if a person borrows an object (saying, ‘lend it to me) for its usefulness, it is a standing loan (he is permitted to take it whenever he desires to use it). Ib. VIII, 1 השואל את הפרה וש׳ בעליה עמה if a person borrows a cow for work, borrowing her owner with her (the owner lending his personal service). Ib. 95b שָׁאֲלָהּ ואחר כך ש׳וכ׳ if he borrowed the cow only, and after a while borrowed her owner; a. fr.שוֹאֵל the borrower of an object. Ib. a חיובא דש׳ the responsibility of the borrower. Ib. 96b top ש׳ הוי או שוכר הוי is he legally considered a borrower or a hirer? Ib. III, 2 והש׳ ישלםוכ׳ and the borrower must indemnify the hirer; a. fr.Sabb.96b אורגי … לשוֹאֲלֵיהֶן (Ar. לשווליהן, v. שְׁוַולְיָא) the curtain weavers were wont to throw the clue over to such as would borrow it from them.Part. pass. שָׁאוּל; f. שְׁאוּלָה Taan.23b טלית ש׳ היתהוכ׳ it was a cloak that had been lent to me, I had borrowed it for such a purpose (for ordinary wear), but not for that purpose (to wear it when carrying a load). Ib. IV, 8 שבהן … בכלי לבן שְׁאוּלִיןוכ׳ on those days the maidens of Zion went out (to the vineyards) in white garments borrowed for the purpose, in order not to put to shame those who had none; a. fr.(Gen. R. s. 65 לא שאול … ולא שאולה, v. next w.Ib. s. 19 שאולת חומץ, read: שוֹאֶלֶת, a woman asking for some vinegar. Hif. הִשְׁאִיל 1) to cause inquiry, to inquire. Ber.6b כל הרגיל …הקב״ה מַשְׁאִיל בו if one who comes regularly to synagogue fails to come one day, the Lord holds inquiry about him. Yeb.76b עד שאתה משאיל עליו … שְׁאַלוכ׳ instead of inquiring about him whether or not he is fit for government, ask whether Ib. (in Chald. dict.) אאבוה קא משאיל he (Saul) asked (Abner) to inquire who his (Davids) father was. B. Bath. 123a היתה יושבת … ומַשְׁאֶלֶתוכ׳ she sat at the cross-roads and made inquiries; a. e. 2) to lend. Sabb.148a (ref. to Mish. ib. XIII, 1, v. supra) מאי שנא הַשְׁאִילֵינִי ומאי שנא הלויני what is the difference, whether you say hashileni (lend me) or halveni (loan me)? השאיליני לא אתי למיכתבוכ׳ when you say ‘lend me, no document is expected to be written for it Ned.IV, 6 חמודר … לא יַשְׁאִילֶנּוּ ולא יִשְׁאַל ממנו he who by his neighbors vow is forbidden any benefit at his hand, must neither lend him nor borrow from him B. Mets. 116a דברים העשויין להַשְׁאִילוכ׳ things which are frequently lent out or hired out; a. fr.מַשְׁאִיל the lender, owner of the lent object. Ib. 96a; a. fr.(Pesik. Vayhi, p. 63a> שאילו השאיל, v. שָׁחַל II. Nif. נִשְׁאַל 1) to be asked, consulted. Yoma 73a בגדים … נ׳ בהן when the war chaplain is consulted, he wears the garments which the high priest wears when he officiates, v. supra. Ib. 85a נִשְׁאֲלָה שאלהוכ׳ the following question was asked in their presence; Kidd.40b. Ned.81a דבר זה נ׳ לחכמיםוכ׳ this problem was placed before the scholars and the prophets, and they could not solve it ; a. fr. 2) נ׳ על to allow ones self to be asked about the circumstances of a case, to appear before a scholar for a decision on a ritual case. Y.Ter.VIII, 46a bot. שדעתו להִישָּׁאֵל עליה a case (of Trumah) which he had intended to have a scholar decide. Ib. הריני מניחה על מנת שאֶישָּׁאֵל עליה I put it (the doubtful Trumah) aside with the intention of having it decided Toh. III, 6 שאין בו דעת להִשָּׁאֵל (a child) whose mind is not sufficiently developed to be questioned. Ib. V, 5 אם נִשְׁאֲלוּ זהוכ׳ if they come for a decision, each of them separately; a. fr.Esp. נ׳ (על נדרו) to come before a scholar for absolution from a vow. Ned.90a קונם … ולמי שאֶשָּׁאֵל עליו if one vows, I will not be benefited by N. N., nor by any scholar to whom I may apply for absolution from this vow; נ׳ על הראשוןוכ׳ he must first apply for absolution from the first part of the vow, and then from the second. Ib. נ׳ על נדרו … נזרו he must first apply for absolution from his vow of abstinence, and then from his nazaritic vow. Ib. 69a נִשְׁאָלִין על ההקםוכ׳ you may apply for absolution in order to revoke your confirmation (of your daughters vow), but you cannot do so in order to revoke your invalidation; a. fr. 3) to be borrowed, to do gratuitous service. B. Mets.96a שותפין ששאלו ונ׳ לאחד מהן if partners borrow an animal for work, and its owner lends his services to one of them individually. Ib. האומר לשלוחו צא והִשָּׁאֵל ליוכ׳ (not והשאיל) if a person says to his deputy, go out and do work in my behalf together with my cow (lent to my neighbor). Ib. האומר לעבדו צא והשאל עםוכ׳ if he says to his slave, go out and do work ; a. e.

Jewish literature > שאל
10 שָׁאַל

שָׁאַל(b. h.) 1) to ask, beg; to inquire, question. Yoma 75a bot. בשר ששָׁאֲלוּ שלאוכ׳ flesh for which they asked unreasonably was given them at an unreasonable time (in the evening) Taan.4a, v. הוֹגָן. Ber.V, 2 (33a) ושוֹאֲלִין (את) הגשמיםוכ׳ (Bab. ed. ושְׁאֵלָה, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) and the prayer for rain is inserted in the Benediction of Years (the ninth section of the Prayer of Benedictions, v. שָׁנָה). Taan.I, 1 אף אני לא אמרתי לִשְׁאוֹל אלא להזכיר I also did not say, ‘to ask for rain, but to mention rain. Ib. 2. Y.Ber.V, 9b bot. שוֹאֵל צרכיו, v. צוֹרֶךְ. B. Bath.IX, 1 יִשְׁאֲלוּוכ׳, v. פֶּתַח. Ab. IV, 18 ואל תִּשְׁאַל לו בשעת נדרו ask not thy neighbor (as to circumstances which may change the aspects of his vow) at the moment of his vow, v. infra Nif. Ib. V, 7 שואל כענין ומשיבוכ׳ he (the wise student) asks pertinent questions, and (when asked) replies in agreement with the adopted law. Bekh.36a עמד השואל וש׳ יכ׳ the questioner (at college) arose and asked Ned.20a שָׁאֲלוּ אתוכ׳ they asked Imma Shalom Nidd.68b בראשון לא שָׁאַלְתִּי … שלא שאלתי as to the first day I did not ask, and I made a mistake in not asking. Gen. R. s. 68 מטרונה שָׁאֶלָהוכ׳ a Roman matron asked R. José ; a. v. fr.Yoma 73a כיצד שוֹאֲלִין השואל פניו כלפי נִשְׁאָל הנשאלוכ׳ how were the Urim and Tummim consulted? The inquirer had his face directed to him (the priest) who was consulted, and the latter directed himself to the Divine Presence (the Urim and Tummim). Ib. אין שואלין שניוכ׳ you must not ask two questions at a time; a. fr.ש׳ בשלום (or sub. בשלום) to salute. M. Kat. 21b הוא שואל בשלום אחרים … אחרים אין שואלין בשלומווכ׳ he (the mourner during the first thirty days) may inquire after the peace of others, for they dwell in peace, but others must not inquire after his peace, for he does not dwell in peace. Ib. משיב ואינו שואל, v. שוּב; a. fr. 2) (cmp. דָּרַש) to discuss, lecture. Tosef.Meg.IV (III), 5 שואלין הילכותוכ׳ the laws of Passover are expounded on Passover, v. עִנְיָן; Meg.29b שואלין בהלכותוכ׳; Y.Pes.I, 27b bot.; Bab. ib. 6a שואלין בהלכותוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שואלין ודורשין, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); Snh.12b; a. fr. 3) (cmp. בְּעֵי I) to beg to remark, to submit. Y.Shek.I, beg.45d ר׳ חזקיה ש׳ מעתהוכ׳ R. H. remarked, according to this Ib. 46b. Y.Snh.IX, 27a bot.; a. fr. 4) to ask for a loan, to borrow. Sabb.XXIII, 1 שואל אדם מחבירווכ׳ a man may borrow of his neighbor vessels of wine or oil (on the Sabbath), but must not say הַלְוֵינִי (v. infra Hif.); a. fr.Esp. to borrow an object for use (with ref. to Ex. 22:13 sq.). B. Mets. 103a שואל אדם בטובו לעולם if a person borrows an object (saying, ‘lend it to me) for its usefulness, it is a standing loan (he is permitted to take it whenever he desires to use it). Ib. VIII, 1 השואל את הפרה וש׳ בעליה עמה if a person borrows a cow for work, borrowing her owner with her (the owner lending his personal service). Ib. 95b שָׁאֲלָהּ ואחר כך ש׳וכ׳ if he borrowed the cow only, and after a while borrowed her owner; a. fr.שוֹאֵל the borrower of an object. Ib. a חיובא דש׳ the responsibility of the borrower. Ib. 96b top ש׳ הוי או שוכר הוי is he legally considered a borrower or a hirer? Ib. III, 2 והש׳ ישלםוכ׳ and the borrower must indemnify the hirer; a. fr.Sabb.96b אורגי … לשוֹאֲלֵיהֶן (Ar. לשווליהן, v. שְׁוַולְיָא) the curtain weavers were wont to throw the clue over to such as would borrow it from them.Part. pass. שָׁאוּל; f. שְׁאוּלָה Taan.23b טלית ש׳ היתהוכ׳ it was a cloak that had been lent to me, I had borrowed it for such a purpose (for ordinary wear), but not for that purpose (to wear it when carrying a load). Ib. IV, 8 שבהן … בכלי לבן שְׁאוּלִיןוכ׳ on those days the maidens of Zion went out (to the vineyards) in white garments borrowed for the purpose, in order not to put to shame those who had none; a. fr.(Gen. R. s. 65 לא שאול … ולא שאולה, v. next w.Ib. s. 19 שאולת חומץ, read: שוֹאֶלֶת, a woman asking for some vinegar. Hif. הִשְׁאִיל 1) to cause inquiry, to inquire. Ber.6b כל הרגיל …הקב״ה מַשְׁאִיל בו if one who comes regularly to synagogue fails to come one day, the Lord holds inquiry about him. Yeb.76b עד שאתה משאיל עליו … שְׁאַלוכ׳ instead of inquiring about him whether or not he is fit for government, ask whether Ib. (in Chald. dict.) אאבוה קא משאיל he (Saul) asked (Abner) to inquire who his (Davids) father was. B. Bath. 123a היתה יושבת … ומַשְׁאֶלֶתוכ׳ she sat at the cross-roads and made inquiries; a. e. 2) to lend. Sabb.148a (ref. to Mish. ib. XIII, 1, v. supra) מאי שנא הַשְׁאִילֵינִי ומאי שנא הלויני what is the difference, whether you say hashileni (lend me) or halveni (loan me)? השאיליני לא אתי למיכתבוכ׳ when you say ‘lend me, no document is expected to be written for it Ned.IV, 6 חמודר … לא יַשְׁאִילֶנּוּ ולא יִשְׁאַל ממנו he who by his neighbors vow is forbidden any benefit at his hand, must neither lend him nor borrow from him B. Mets. 116a דברים העשויין להַשְׁאִילוכ׳ things which are frequently lent out or hired out; a. fr.מַשְׁאִיל the lender, owner of the lent object. Ib. 96a; a. fr.(Pesik. Vayhi, p. 63a> שאילו השאיל, v. שָׁחַל II. Nif. נִשְׁאַל 1) to be asked, consulted. Yoma 73a בגדים … נ׳ בהן when the war chaplain is consulted, he wears the garments which the high priest wears when he officiates, v. supra. Ib. 85a נִשְׁאֲלָה שאלהוכ׳ the following question was asked in their presence; Kidd.40b. Ned.81a דבר זה נ׳ לחכמיםוכ׳ this problem was placed before the scholars and the prophets, and they could not solve it ; a. fr. 2) נ׳ על to allow ones self to be asked about the circumstances of a case, to appear before a scholar for a decision on a ritual case. Y.Ter.VIII, 46a bot. שדעתו להִישָּׁאֵל עליה a case (of Trumah) which he had intended to have a scholar decide. Ib. הריני מניחה על מנת שאֶישָּׁאֵל עליה I put it (the doubtful Trumah) aside with the intention of having it decided Toh. III, 6 שאין בו דעת להִשָּׁאֵל (a child) whose mind is not sufficiently developed to be questioned. Ib. V, 5 אם נִשְׁאֲלוּ זהוכ׳ if they come for a decision, each of them separately; a. fr.Esp. נ׳ (על נדרו) to come before a scholar for absolution from a vow. Ned.90a קונם … ולמי שאֶשָּׁאֵל עליו if one vows, I will not be benefited by N. N., nor by any scholar to whom I may apply for absolution from this vow; נ׳ על הראשוןוכ׳ he must first apply for absolution from the first part of the vow, and then from the second. Ib. נ׳ על נדרו … נזרו he must first apply for absolution from his vow of abstinence, and then from his nazaritic vow. Ib. 69a נִשְׁאָלִין על ההקםוכ׳ you may apply for absolution in order to revoke your confirmation (of your daughters vow), but you cannot do so in order to revoke your invalidation; a. fr. 3) to be borrowed, to do gratuitous service. B. Mets.96a שותפין ששאלו ונ׳ לאחד מהן if partners borrow an animal for work, and its owner lends his services to one of them individually. Ib. האומר לשלוחו צא והִשָּׁאֵל ליוכ׳ (not והשאיל) if a person says to his deputy, go out and do work in my behalf together with my cow (lent to my neighbor). Ib. האומר לעבדו צא והשאל עםוכ׳ if he says to his slave, go out and do work ; a. e.

Jewish literature > שָׁאַל
11 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
12 BERA

tote

* * *

I)

(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.

I.

1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);

bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;

bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;

bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;

2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);

bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;

3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);

4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;

kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;

absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;

the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;

verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;

þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;

borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;

Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;

borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;

5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;

bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;

bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;

bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;

bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;

verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;

borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;

þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;

borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;

6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);

þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;

fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);

of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);

absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;

similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;

bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;

hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?

hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;

bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;

7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);

bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);

bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;

bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;

bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;

bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;

bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;

bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;

bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;

bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;

refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);

8) to set forth, report, tell;

bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);

bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;

bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;

bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;

bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;

bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;

bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;

eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;

9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);

bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);

bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;

vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;

bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;

bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;

bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;

10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);

bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;

hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;

bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;

bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;

bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;

bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;

11) with preps.:

bera af e-m, to surpass;

en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;

bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;

bera eld at, to set fire to;

bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;

bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;

bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);

bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);

bera e-t um, to wind round;

þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;

bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;

bera út barn, to expose a child;

12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);

láta af berast, to die;

láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);

berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);

at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;

berast vápn á, to attack one another;

berast at or til, to happen;

þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;

ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;

berast í móti, to happen, occur;

hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;

berast við, to be prevented;

ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;

II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;

1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;

alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);

bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;

esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;

þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;

Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;

ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;

e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;

hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);

2) followed by preps.:

Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;

hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;

e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;

Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;

e-t berr á milli, comes between;

leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;

fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;

mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;

veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;

e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;

bera saman, to coincide;

bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;

fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;

fund várn bar saman, we met;

3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;

svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;

þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;

bar honum svá til, it so befell him;

þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;

raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;

4) of time, to fall upon;

ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;

bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;

5) denoting cause;

e-t berr til, causes a thing;

konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;

ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;

berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;

6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;

hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;

e-t berr frá, is surpassing;

er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;

7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;

e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;

8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;

e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);

used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).

II)

(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).

III)

f. she-bear, = birna.

* * *

1.

u, f.

I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.

II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.

2.

bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].

A. Lat. ferre, portare:

I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.

2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.

3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.

II. without a sense of motion:

1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.

β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.

2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:

α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.

β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.

3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:

α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.

β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.

III. in law terms or modes of procedure:

1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)

2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.

β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.

B. Various and metaph. cases.

I. denoting motion:

1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.

β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.

2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.

II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.

2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.

III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.

IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.

β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.

γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.

C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:

I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.

β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.

γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.

2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.

II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.

2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.

3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.

4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.

β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.

γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.

5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.

β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.

III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.

IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.

D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA
13 principio

m.

1 beginning, start (comienzo).

el principio del fin the beginning of the end

del principio al fin, desde el principio hasta el fin from beginning to end, from start to finish

a principios de at the beginning of

al principio at first, in the beginning

en principio quedamos en hacer una reunión el jueves provisionally o unless you hear otherwise, we've arranged to meet on Thursday

en un principio at first

2 principle (fundamento, ley).

en principio in principle

por principio on principle

3 origin, source (origen).

4 element (elemento).

principio activo active ingredient

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: principiar.

* * *

principio

► nombre masculino

1 (inicio) beginning, start

■ me voy de vacaciones a principios de mes I'm going on holiday at the beginning of the month

2 (base) principle

3 (moral) principle

■ no tiene principios he has no principles

► nombre masculino plural principios

1 rudiments

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

al principio at first, at the beginning

en principio in principle

* * *

noun m.

1) beginning, outset

2) principle

* * *

SM

1) (=comienzo) beginning

al principio — at first, in the beginning

a principios del verano — at the beginning of the summer, early in the summer

desde el principio — from the first, from the outset

desde el principio hasta el fin — from start to finish, from beginning to end

en un principio — at first, to start with

dar principio a algo — to start sth off

tener principio en algo — to start from sth, be based on sth

2) pl principios (=nociones) rudiments, first notions

"Principios de física" — "Introduction to Physics", "Outline of Physics"

3) (=norma) principle

persona de principios — man of principles

en principio — in principle

por principio — on principle

es inmoral por principio — it is immoral in principle

sin principios — unprincipled

el principio de la legalidad — the force of law, the rule of law

4) (Fil) principle

5) (Quím) element, constituent

principio activo — active ingredient

6) (Culin) entrée

* * *

masculino

1) ( comienzo) beginning

el principio del verano — early summer, the beginning of summer

a principios de temporada — at the beginning of the season

a principios de siglo — at the turn of the century

empieza por el principio — start at the beginning

eso es un buen principio — that's a good start

congeniamos desde el principio — we got along well from the start

al principio — at first

en principio la reunión es el jueves — the meeting's on Thursday unless you hear otherwise

en principio estoy de acuerdo — I agree in principle

en un or al principio — at first, in the beginning

2)

a) (concepto, postulado) principle

un principio universalmente aceptado — a universally accepted concept

la teoría parte de un principio erróneo — the theory is based on a false premise

b) ( norma moral) principle

es una mujer de principios — she's a woman of principle

por principio — on principle

* * *

masculino

1) ( comienzo) beginning

el principio del verano — early summer, the beginning of summer

a principios de temporada — at the beginning of the season

a principios de siglo — at the turn of the century

empieza por el principio — start at the beginning

eso es un buen principio — that's a good start

congeniamos desde el principio — we got along well from the start

al principio — at first

en principio la reunión es el jueves — the meeting's on Thursday unless you hear otherwise

en principio estoy de acuerdo — I agree in principle

en un or al principio — at first, in the beginning

2)

a) (concepto, postulado) principle

un principio universalmente aceptado — a universally accepted concept

la teoría parte de un principio erróneo — the theory is based on a false premise

b) ( norma moral) principle

es una mujer de principios — she's a woman of principle

por principio — on principle

* * *

el principio

= early days, the

Ex: The new chemical was expensive, and in the early days it was often mishandled; much of the foxing of early nineteenth-century paper was due to inefficient bleaching.

principio¹

¹ = principle, proposition, tenet, canon, touchstone.

Ex: Objective 2 results in what could be described as a collocative catalogue, because a catalogue based on this principle collocates the writings of a particular author.

Ex: They are a core, a set of basic propositions, onto which are grafted a rich variety of other possibilities.

Ex: This attack summarises her main tenets.

Ex: The archetypal canon is of course that of the books of the Bible, which are gathered together in a fixed and unchanging order.

Ex: The touchstone for professional practice are the professional codes of ethics that govern medicine in face-to-face relationships with patients.

* actuar de acuerdo con los principios de Uno = act on + Posesivo + principles.

* adherirse a principios = espouse + principles.

* basado en principios = principled.

* basarse en un principio = base on + principle.

* con principios = principled.

* cumplir con un principio = comport with + principle.

* declaración de principios = statement of principles, value statement, Bill of Rights, declaration of principles, statement of principles.

* defender los principios de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + principles.

* de principios = principled.

* de principios muy elevados = high-minded.

* en principio = in principle, on principle.

* establecer un principio = establish + principle, set forth + cause.

* formular un principio = formulate + principle.

* infringir un principio = violate + principle.

* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.

* Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.

* mantenerse fiel a los principios de Uno = stick to + Posesivo + principles.

* poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.

* por principio = on principle.

* por principios = as a matter of principle.

* principio constitutivo = constitutive principle.

* principio de actuación = governing principle.

* principio de archívese según aparece = file-as-is principle.

* principio de cualificación profesional adecuada para el trabajo en cuestión = principle of rate for the job.

* principio de gratuidad, el = gratis principle, the.

* principio de igualdad, el = egalitarian principle, the.

* principio de la alfabetización literal = file-as-is principle, file-as-is principle.

* principio del escalonamiento = scalar principle.

* principio ético = moral principle.

* principio fundamental = fundamental, principium [principia, -pl.].

* principio moral = moral principle.

* principio orientador = guiding principle.

* principios = philosophy, ethos, morals.

* principios elevados = high-mindedness.

* Principios para la Intercalación Bibliográfica = ISO7154.

* proponer como principio = posit.

* respetar los principios = observe + principles.

* seguir un principio = adopt + convention.

* sin principios = unscrupulous, unprincipled.

* suscribir un principio = subscribe to + principle.

* traicionar los principios de uno mismo = betray + Posesivo + own principles.

* una cuestión de principios = a matter of principle.

* violar un principio = violate + principle.

principio²

² = start, eruption, kick-off, startup [start-up], beginning.

Ex: Olle is right, however, in implying that after a slow start interest in, and writing about, official publishing in Britain has increased dramatically in recent years.

Ex: Information on the news items relevant to 'mad cow disease' was collected for a period of 100 days starting very close to the eruption of the crisis.

Ex: The cooperative venture 'StoryLines America' joins libraries and public radio in smash kick-off.

Ex: This article presents some practical tips to help users of DIALOG's DIALOGLINK including buffer size, screen speed-up, startup short cuts, type-ahead buffer and use of DIALOGLING with other services.

Ex: In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.

* abocado al fracaso desde el principio = doomed from + the start, doomed from + the outset, doomed to + failure, doomed to + failure from its inception, doomed from + the beginning.

* al principio = at first, at the outset, early [earlier -comp., earliest -sup.], in the early years, originally, to start with, early on, at startup.

* al principio de = at the beginning (of), at the dawn of, at the onset of, early in.

* al principio de la imprenta = early printing.

* al principio y al final = both ends.

* al principio y al final de = at each end of.

* a principios de = in the early + Fecha.

* a principios de + Expresión Temporal = early + Expresión Temporal, the.

* a principios de los + Década = early + Década, the.

* comenzar por el principio = start from + scratch, start at + ground zero.

* comenzar por el principio, empezar desde cero, comen = start from + scratch.

* condenado al fracaso desde el principio = doomed from + the start, doomed from + the outset, doomed from + the beginning.

* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.

* de principio a fin = from start to finish, gavel to gavel, from beginning to end.

* de principio a fin (documento) = cover to cover.

* desde el principio = from the start, all along, ab initio, from the outset, from the beginning, from the word go, from the word get-go.

* desde el principio de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.

* desde principio a fin = throughout.

* desde principios de siglo = since the turn of the century, from the turn of the century.

* el principio de = the dawn of.

* el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.

* el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.

* empezar por el principio = start from + scratch, start at + ground zero.

* en principio = at first, conceivably, first of all, prima facie.

* en un principio = at an earlier stage, initially, originally, at one time, to begin with.

* fracaso desde el principio = doomed failure.

* hay que empezar por el principio = first things must come first.

* leer de principio a fin = read + from cover to cover.

* muy al principio = in very early days, at the very outset.

* para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.

* principio, el = early days, the.

* regresar al principio = go back to + square one, be back to square one.

* volvemos siempre al principio = things swing full circle.

* volver al principio = come + full circle, bring + Pronombre + full-circle.

* * *

principio

masculine

A (comienzo) beginning

el principio del verano early summer, the beginning of summer

empieza por el principio start at the beginning

el principio del fin the beginning of the end

el éxito logrado con su primer libro es un buen principio the success she's had with her first book is a good start, the success of her first book has got her off to a good start

se llegó a un principio de acuerdo en las negociaciones they reached the beginnings of an agreement in the negotiations

congeniamos desde el principio we got along well from the start

leyó el libro desde el principio hasta el final sin parar he read the book from cover to cover o from beginning to end o from start to finish without putting it down

a principios de temporada at the beginning of the season

a principios de siglo at the turn of the century

al principio at first

en un principio se creyó que la Tierra era plana at first o in the beginning people believed the Earth was flat

B

1 (concepto, postulado) principle

es un principio universalmente aceptado it's a universally accepted concept

la teoría parte de un principio erróneo the theory is based on a false premise

en principio la reunión es el jueves the meeting's on Thursday unless you hear otherwise o provisionally, the meeting is set for Thursday

en principio estoy de acuerdo, pero no depende sólo de mí I agree in principle, but it isn't only up to me

2 (norma moral) principle

es una cuestión de principios it's a question of principle(s)

es una persona de principios she's a person of principle o a principled person

por principio on principle

Compuestos:

● principio de incertidumbre

uncertainty principle

● principio de indeterminación

uncertainty principle

● principio de placer/realidad

pleasure/reality principle

* * *

Del verbo principiar: ( conjugate principiar)

principio es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

principió es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
principiar
principio
principio sustantivo masculino
1 ( comienzo) beginning;
◊ a principios de temporada at the beginning of the season;

empieza por el principio start at the beginning;
eso es un buen principio that's a good start;
en un or al principio at first, in the beginning
2 (postulado, norma moral) principle;
◊ es una mujer de principios she's a woman of principle;

por principio on principle
principio sustantivo masculino
1 (comienzo) beginning, start: nos hemos perdido el principio de la película, we've missed the beginning of the film
2 (causa, origen) premise, origin
3 (idea fundamental, norma) principle 4 principios, (nociones) rudiments, basics: posee algunos principios de mecánica, she has some rudiments of mechanics
♦ Locuciones: al principio, at first
en principio, in principle
por principio, on principle
' principio' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- cien
- empezar
- extrema
- extremo
- frustrarse
- germen
- horterada
- indirecta
- vista
- criterio
- elemental
- por
English:
at
- basically
- begin
- beginning
- cornerstone
- early
- farce
- first
- front
- further
- go
- hear of
- initially
- initiation
- listen
- maybe
- originally
- outset
- policy
- principle
- see
- soon
- start
- stick to
- tenet
- wind back
- from
- out
- right
- throughout
- turn

* * *

principio nm

1. [comienzo] beginning, start;

empieza por el principio start at the beginning;

al principio at first, in the beginning;

desde el principio from the beginning;

se ha llegado a un principio de acuerdo a preliminary agreement has been reached;

a principios de at the beginning of;

en un principio at first;

el principio del fin the beginning of the end;

del principio al fin, desde el principio hasta el fin from beginning to end, from start to finish

2. [fundamento, ley] principle

Comp
principio de Arquímedes Archimedes' principle; Filosofía principio de causalidad causality principle;
principio de incertidumbre uncertainty principle;

principio de indeterminación uncertainty principle;

principio del todo o nada all-or-nothing policy

3. [origen] origin, source

4. [elemento] element

Comp
principio activo active ingredient
5.
principios [reglas de conducta] principles;

un hombre de principios a man of principles;

sin principios unprincipled, unscrupulous;

por principio on principle;

se negó a hacerlo por principios she refused to do it on principle

6.
principios [nociones] rudiments, first principles;

tiene algunos principios de informática she knows a bit about computing

7. [primera consideración]
en principio: en principio, me parece buena la idea in principle, the idea seems good;

en principio quedamos en hacer una reunión el jueves provisionally o unless you hear otherwise, we've arranged to meet on Thursday

* * *

principio

m

1 ley, moral principle;

en principio in principle;

por principio on principle

2 en tiempo beginning;

a principios de abril at the beginning of April;

al principio, en un principio at first;

el principio del fin the beginning of the end

* * *

principio nm

1) comienzo: beginning

2) : principle

3)

al principio : at first

4)

a principios de : at the beginning of

a principios de agosto: at the beginning of August

5)

en principio : in principle

* * *

principio n

1. (comienzo) beginning

al principio de la película at the beginning of the film

2. (concepto) principle

el principio de aritmética the principles of arithmetics

a principios de... at the beginning of...

al principio at first

Spanish-English dictionary > principio
14 Geben

n; -s, kein Pl.

1. giving; es ist alles ein Geben und Nehmen it’s all a matter of give and take; Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen BIBL. it is more blessed to give than to receive

2. Kartenspiel: am Geben sein be dealing, be the dealer; er ist am Geben it’s his deal

* * *

to hand; to deal; to give

* * *
ge|ben ['geːbn] pret gab [gaːp] ptp gegeben [gə'geːbn]
1. TRANSITIVES VERB

1) to give; (= reichen) to give, to pass; Schatten, Kühle to provide

wer hat dir das gegeben? — who gave you that?

gibs mir! — give it to me!, give me it!

was darf ich Ihnen geben? — what can I get you?

könnten Sie mir die Butter/den Korkenzieher geben? — could you pass me the butter/the corkscrew?

geben Sie mir bitte zwei Flaschen Bier — I'd like two bottles of beer, please

(von jdm) etw geben lassen — to ask (sb) for sth

geben Sie mir bitte Herrn Braun (Telec) — can I speak to Mr Braun please?

man kann nicht für alles geben (= spenden) — you can't give to everything

geben or Geben ist seliger denn nehmen or Nehmen (Bibl) — it is more blessed to give than to receive

ich gäbe viel darum, zu... — I'd give a lot to...

sie würde ihr Leben für ihre Kinder geben — she'd give her life for her children

sie gaben ihr Leben fürs Vaterland — they gave or laid down their lives for their country

jdm einen Tritt geben — to give sb a kick; (figinf) to give sb the boot (inf)

gibs ihm ( tüchtig)! (inf) — let him have it! (inf)

ein gutes Beispiel geben — to set a good example

jdm etw zu verstehen geben — to make sth known to sb

jdn/etw verloren geben — to give sb/sth up for lost

das Buch hat mir viel gegeben — I got a lot out of the book

2) = Cards to deal

er hat mir drei Asse und zwei Buben gegeben — he dealt me three aces and two jacks

da hast du mir aber ein lausiges Blatt gegeben — you've given or dealt me a lousy hand

3) = gewähren, verleihen to give; Thema, Aufgabe, Problem to set

jdm einen Preis geben — to give sb a prize

einen Elfmeter/einen Freistoß geben — to give a penalty kick/a free kick

gebe Gott, dass... — God grant that...

Taktgefühl ist ihm nicht gegeben — he's not over-endowed with tact

es war ihm nicht gegeben, seine Eltern lebend wiederzusehen — he was not to see his parents alive again

4) = schicken, übergeben to send; (dial = tun) to put

in die Post geben — to post (Brit), to mail (esp US)

ein Auto in Reparatur geben — to have a car repaired

ein Kind in Pflege geben — to put a child in care

geben (dial) — to sprinkle sugar over sth

Milch an den Teig geben (dial) — to add milk to the dough

5) = ergeben, erzeugen to produce

die Kuh gibt Milch — the cow produces milk

die Kuh gibt 25 Liter — the cow produces or gives 25 litres (Brit) or liters (US)

2 + 2 gibt 4 — 2 + 2 makes 4

fünf Manuskriptseiten geben eine Druckseite — five pages of manuscript equal or make one page of print

ein Pfund gibt fünf Klöße — a pound will make five dumplings

Rotwein gibt Flecken — red wine leaves stains

das gibt Ärger/Probleme — that will cause trouble/problems

was wird das noch geben? — where will it end?

6) = veranstalten Konzert, Fest to give; Theaterstück etc to do

am Schillertheater geben sie wieder "Maria Stuart" — they are doing "Maria Stuart" at the Schillertheater again

was wird heute im Theater gegeben? — what's on at the theatre (Brit) or theater (US) today?

7) = unterrichten to teach

Englisch/Deutsch geben — to teach English/German

er gibt Nachhilfeunterricht/Tanzstunden — he gives private tuition/dancing lessons (Brit), he does tutoring/gives dancing lessons

8) andere Wendungendiams; viel/nicht viel auf etw (acc) geben to set great/little store by sth

auf die Meinung der Lehrer brauchst du nichts zu geben — you needn't bother about what the teachers think

ich gebe nicht viel auf seinen Rat — I don't think much of his advicediams; etw von sich geben Laut, Worte, Flüche to utter; Meinung to express

was er gestern von sich gegeben hat, war wieder einmal völlig unverständlich — what he was going on about yesterday was, as ever, completely incomprehensible

2. INTRANSITIVES VERB

1) CARDS to deal

der links von mir Sitzende gibt — the person sitting on my left deals

wer gibt? — whose deal is it?, whose turn is it to deal?

2) SPORT = Aufschlag haben to serve

wer gibt? — whose serve is it?

3. UNPERSÖNLICHES VERB
diams; es gibt (+sing) there is; (+pl) there are
es gibt da noch ein Problem — there's still one problem

es gibt dieses Jahr viele Äpfel — there are a lot of apples this year

gibt es einen Gott? — is there a God?

gibt es den Osterhasen? — is there really an Easter Bunny?

heute gibts noch Regen — it's going to rain today

es wird noch Ärger geben — there'll be trouble (yet)

darauf gibt es 10% Rabatt — you get 10% discount on it

was gibts zum Mittagessen? — what's for lunch?

freitags gibt es bei uns immer Fisch — we always have fish on Fridays

wann gibts was zu essen? – es gibt gleich was — when are we going to get something to eat? – it's on its way

es gibt gleich Mittagessen! — it's nearly time for lunch!

jetzt gibt es keine Süßigkeiten mehr — (you're getting) no more sweets now

was gibts? — what's the matter?, what is it?

ein Mensch mit zwei Köpfen? das gibts nicht! — a two-headed person? there's no such thing!

das gibts nicht, dass ein Vegetarier Metzger wird — it's impossible, a vegetarian wouldn't become a butcher, it's inconceivable that a vegetarian would become a butcher

so was gibts also! (inf) — who'd have thought it! (inf)

das gibts doch nicht! — I don't believe it!

das darf es doch nicht geben! — I don't believe it!

das hat es ja noch nie gegeben! — it's unbelievable!

so was gibts bei uns nicht! (inf) — that's just not on! (inf)

da gibts nichts (inf) — there's no two ways about it (inf)

was es nicht alles gibt! — it's a funny old world!

hat es sonst noch etwas gegeben? — was there anything else?

gleich gibts was! (inf) — there's going to be trouble!

4. REFLEXIVES VERB

1) diams; sich geben = nachlassen Regen to ease off; (Schmerzen) to ease, to lessen; (Leidenschaft, Begeisterung) to lessen, to cool; (freches Benehmen) to lessen

2)

= aufgeben, ergeben sich gefangen geben — to give oneself up

sich verloren geben — to give oneself up for lost

See:

→ schlagen

3) = sich erledigen to sort itself out; (= aufhören) to stop

das wird sich schon geben — it'll all work out

machen Sie erst mal die dringensten Sachen, der Rest wird sich (von alleine) geben — do the most urgent things first, the rest will sort itself out

gibt sich das bald! (inf) — cut it out! (inf)

4) = sich benehmen to behave

sich als etw geben — to play sth

sich freundlich geben — to behave in a friendly way, to be friendly

sich als große Dame geben — to play the great lady

sich von oben herab geben — to behave condescendingly, to be condescending

sich von der besten Seite geben — to show one's best side

nach außen gab er sich heiter — outwardly he seemed quite cheerful

sie gibt sich, wie sie ist — she's completely genuine, there's no pretence (Brit) or pretense (US) with her

* * *

1) (to give, especially for a particular purpose or regularly: His father allows him too much money.) allow

2) (to give (something) to someone by hand: I handed him the book; He handed it back to me; I'll go up the ladder, and you can hand the tools up to me.) hand

3) (the act of dividing cards among players in a card game.) deal

4) (to distribute (cards).) deal

5) (to cause to have: My aunt gave me a book for Christmas; Can you give me an opinion on this?) give

6) (to produce (something): Cows give milk but horses do not; He gave a talk on his travels.) give

7) (to organize (some event etc): We're giving a party next week.) give

* * *

ge·ben

[ˈge:bn̩]

I. TRANSITIVES VERB

1.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(reichen)

▪ jdm etw \geben to give sb sth, to give sth to sb

gibst du mir bitte mal das Brot? could you give [or hand] me the bread, please? [or pass]

ich würde alles darum \geben, ihn noch einmal zu sehen I would give anything to see him again; (beim Kartenspiel) to deal

du hast mir 3 Joker gegeben you've dealt me 3 jokers

wer gibt jetzt? whose turn is it to deal?

2.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(schenken) to give [as a present]

3.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(mitteilen)

jdm die [o seine] Telefonnummer \geben to give sb one's telephone number

▪ sich dat etw [von jdm] \geben lassen to ask [sb] for sth

er ließ sich die Speisekarte \geben he asked for the menu

4.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

ÖKON (verkaufen)

▪ jdm etw \geben to get sb sth; (bezahlen)

▪ [jdm] etw für etw akk \geben to give [sb] sth for sth

was darf ich Ihnen \geben? what can I get you?

darf ich Ihnen sonst noch was \geben? can I get you anything else?

\geben Sie mir bitte fünf Brötchen I'd like five bread rolls please

ich gebe Ihnen 500 Euro für das Bild I'll give you [or let you have] 500 euros for the picture

Preisnachlass/Skonto \geben to give a reduction/cash discount

5.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(spenden)

▪ etw gibt jdm etw sth gives [sb] sth

Schutz/Schatten \geben to give [or provide] protection/shade

6.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(verleihen)

einen Preis \geben to award a prize

Titel/Namen \geben to give a title/name

diese erfreuliche Nachricht gab ihr neue Zuversicht this welcome piece of news gave her new confidence

der Gedanke an eine Rettung gab uns immer wieder Kraft the thought of being rescued always gave us strength

7.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

TELEK (telefonisch verbinden)

▪ jdm jdn \geben to put sb through to sb

\geben Sie mir bitte Frau Schmidt can I speak to Mrs Smith, please

8.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(stellen)

▪ jdm etw \geben to give [or set] sb sth

eine Aufgabe/ein Problem/ein Thema \geben to set a task/problem/topic

9.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(abhalten)

▪ etw \geben to give sth

der Minister wird eine Pressekonferenz \geben the minister will give [or hold] a press conference

10.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(bieten, gewähren, zukommen lassen)

▪ jd gibt [jdm] etw sb gives [or allows] [sb] sth

jdm einen Namen \geben to name a person

jdm ein Interview \geben to grant sb an interview

jdm eine Verwarnung \geben to give sb a warning; SPORT to book sb

der Schiedsrichter gab dem Spieler eine Verwarnung wegen Foulspiels the referee booked the player for a foul

einen Freistoß \geben FBALL to award a free-kick

11.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(aufführen)

ein Theaterstück \geben to put on a play

12.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(veranstalten)

ein Fest \geben to give a party

13.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

DIAL (abgeben, vorübergehend weggehen)

▪ etw/jdn irgendwohin \geben akk to send sth/sb somewhere

sein Auto in [die] Reparatur \geben to have one's car repaired

sein Kind in ein Internat \geben to send one's child to boarding school

dürfen wir während unseres Urlaubs unsere Katze zu euch \geben? can you take our cat while we're away?

14.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

KOCHK (fam: tun)

▪ etw in etw akk/an etw akk \geben, etw zu etw dat \geben to add sth to sth

Wein in die Soße \geben to add wine to the sauce

15.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(ergeben)

▪ etw \geben to produce sth

sieben mal sieben gibt neunundvierzig seven times seven equals forty-nine, seven sevens are forty-nine

Rotwein gibt Flecken red wine stains [or leaves stains]

keinen Sinn \geben that makes no sense

ein Wort gab das andere one word led to another

16.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(erteilen)

▪ etw \geben to teach sth

Nachhilfestunden \geben to give private tuition

Unterricht \geben to teach

jdm etw zu tun \geben to give sb sth to do

17.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(äußern)

▪ etw von sich dat \geben to utter sth

er gab wenig Worte von sich he said very little

18.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(euph fam: sich erbrechen)

▪ etw [wieder] von sich dat \geben to throw up [sth], to bring up sth sep [again] euph

19.

▶ es jdm \geben (fam) to let sb have it fam

▶ gib's ihm! let him have it!

▶ jdm ist etw nicht gegeben sth is not given to sb

nicht allen ist es gegeben, einem solchen Ereignis beizuwohnen not everybody gets the opportunity to be present at such an event

es war ihm nicht gegeben, seine Heimatstadt wiederzusehen he was not destined to see his home town again

▶ nichts auf etw akk \geben to think nothing of sth

▶ jdm etw zu tun \geben to give sb sth to do

das wird ihm für die nächsten Monate zu tun geben! that'll keep him busy for the next few months!

das sollte der Firmenleitung zu denken \geben that should give the company management something to think about!

▶ viel/nicht viel auf etw akk \geben to set great/not much store by sth

ich gebe nicht viel auf die Gerüchte I don't pay much attention to rumours

II. INTRANSITIVES VERB

1.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

KARTEN (austeilen) to deal

jetzt hast du genug gemischt, gib endlich! you've shuffled enough now, just deal them!

2.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

SPORT (Aufschlag haben) to serve

du gibst! it's your serve

III. UNPERSÖNLICHES TRANSITIVES VERB

1.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(gereicht werden)

▪ es gibt etw there is sth

hoffentlich gibt es bald was zu essen! I hope there's something to eat soon!

was gibt es zum Frühstück? what's for breakfast?

freitags gibt es bei uns immer Fisch we always have fish on Fridays

2.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(eintreten)

▪ es gibt etw there is sth

heute gibt es noch Regen it'll rain today

hat es sonst noch etwas gegeben, als ich weg war? has anything else happened while I was away

was wird das noch geben? where will it all lead to?

gleich gibt es was (fam) there's going to be trouble

3.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(existieren, passieren)

▪ etw/jdn gibt es there's sth/sb

das gibt's nicht! (fam) no way!, nothing doing!, forget it!

das gibt es nicht, dass du einfach meinen Wagen nimmst there's no way that you're taking [or using] my car

ein Bär mit zwei Köpfen? das gibt es nicht! a bear with two heads? there's no such thing!

das gibt's doch nicht! (fam) that's unbelievable

so was gibt es bei uns nicht! that's not on [as far as we're concerned]!

was gibt's? (fam) what's the matter, what's up fam

was es nicht alles gibt! (fam) well, I'll be damned! fam, stone me! sl, stone the crows BRIT sl

4.

▶ da gibt es nichts! (fam) there are no two ways about it

seine Lieder sind einmalig, da gibt es nichts! there's no doubt about it, his songs are unique

IV. REFLEXIVES VERB

1.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(nachlassen)

▪ etw gibt sich sth eases [off] [or lets up]

das gibt sich it will sort itself out

die Kopfschmerzen werden sich \geben your headache will go off

diese Aufsässigkeit wird sich bald von ganz alleine \geben this rebelliousness will soon die down of its own accord; (sich erledigen) to sort itself out

manches gibt sich von selbst wieder some things sort themselves out

das wird sich schon \geben it will all work out [for the best]

2.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(sich benehmen, aufführen)

▪ sich akk als etw \geben to behave in a certain way

sie gab sich sehr überrascht she acted very surprised

nach außen gab er sich heiter outwardly he behaved cheerfully

sie gibt sich, wie sie ist she doesn't try to be anything she isn't

sich akk von der besten Seite \geben to show one's best side

3.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(sich finden, ergeben)

▪ etw gibt sich sth arises

es wird sich schon noch eine Gelegenheit \geben there's sure to be another opportunity

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) give; (reichen) give; hand; pass

jemandem zu essen geben — give somebody something to eat

geben Sie mir bitte Herrn N. — please put me through to Mr N.

ich gäbe viel darum, wenn ich das machen könnte — I'd give a lot to be able to do that

jemandem etwas in die Hand geben — give somebody something

etwas [nicht] aus der Hand geben — [not] let go of something

geben Sie mir bitte ein Bier — I'll have a beer, please

Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen — (Spr.) it is more blessed to give than to receive (prov.)

2) (übergeben)

jemanden zu jemandem in die Lehre geben — apprentice somebody to somebody

etwas in Druck (Akk.) od. zum Druck geben — send something to press or to be printed; s. auch Pflege

3) (gewähren) give

einen Elfmeter geben — (Sport) award a penalty

4) (bieten) give

jemandem ein gutes Beispiel geben — set somebody a good example

5) (versetzen) give <slap, kick, etc.>

es jemandem geben — (ugs.): (jemandem die Meinung sagen) give somebody what for (sl.); (jemanden verprügeln) let somebody have it

gib [es] ihm! — (ugs.) let him have it!

6) (erteilen) give

Unterricht geben — teach

Französisch geben — teach French

7) (hervorbringen) give <milk, shade, light>

8) (veranstalten) give, throw < party>; give, lay on < banquet>; give < dinner party, ball>

9) (aufführen) give <concert, performance>

das Theater gibt den ‘Faust’ — the theatre is putting on ‘Faust’

was wird heute gegeben? — what's on today?

sein Debüt geben — make one's debut

10) (ergeben)

drei mal drei gibt neun — three threes are nine; three times three is or makes nine

eins plus eins gibt zwei — one and one is or makes two

das gibt [k]einen Sinn — that makes [no] sense

ein Wort gab das andere — one word led to another

11) in

etwas ist jemandem nicht gegeben — somebody just hasn't got something

12) (äußern)

etwas von sich geben — utter something

Unsinn/dummes Zeug von sich geben — (abwertend) talk nonsense/rubbish

keinen Laut/Ton von sich geben — not make a sound

13) in

viel/wenig auf etwas (Akk.) geben — set great/little store by something

14) (hinzugeben) add; put in

etwas an das Essen geben — add something to or put something into the food

15) (ugs.): (erbrechen)

alles wieder von sich geben — bring or (coll.) sick everything up again
2.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb; unpers

1) (vorhanden sein)

es gibt — there is/are

das gibt es wohl häufiger — it happens all the time

dass es so etwas heutzutage überhaupt noch gibt! — I'm surprised that such things still go on nowadays

zu meiner Zeit gab es das nicht — it wasn't like that in my day

das gibt es ja gar nicht — I don't believe it; you're joking (coll.)

Ein Hund mit fünf Beinen? Das gibt es ja gar nicht — A dog with five legs? There's no such thing!

Kommen Sie herein. Was gibt es? — Come in. What's the matter or (coll.) what's up?

was gibt's denn da? — what's going on over there?

was es nicht alles gibt! — (ugs.) what will they think of next?

da gibt's nichts — (ugs.) there's no denying it or no doubt about it

da gibt's nichts, da würde ich sofort protestieren — there's nothing else for it, I'd protest immediately in that case

2) (angeboten werden)

was gibt es zu essen/trinken? — what is there to eat/drink?

was gibt es denn zum Mittagessen? — what's for lunch?

heute gibt's Schweinefleisch — we're having pork today

3) (kommen zu)

morgen gibt es Schnee/Sturm — it'll snow tomorrow/there'll be a storm tomorrow

gleich/sonst gibt's was — (ugs.) there'll be trouble in a minute/otherwise
3.
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

1) (Karten austeilen) deal

wer gibt? — whose deal is it?

2) (Sport): (aufschlagen) serve
4.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb

1)

sich [natürlich] geben — act or behave [naturally]

sich nach außen hin gelassen geben — give the appearance of being relaxed

deine Art, dich zu geben — the way you behave

2) (nachlassen)

das Fieber wird sich geben — his/her etc. temperature will drop

sein Eifer wird sich bald geben — his enthusiasm will soon wear off or cool

das gibt sich/wird sich noch geben — it will get better

* * *

Geben n; -s, kein pl

1. giving;

es ist alles ein Geben und Nehmen it’s all a matter of give and take;

Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen BIBEL it is more blessed to give than to receive

2. Kartenspiel:

am Geben sein be dealing, be the dealer;

er ist am Geben it’s his deal

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) give; (reichen) give; hand; pass

jemandem zu essen geben — give somebody something to eat

geben Sie mir bitte Herrn N. — please put me through to Mr N.

ich gäbe viel darum, wenn ich das machen könnte — I'd give a lot to be able to do that

jemandem etwas in die Hand geben — give somebody something

etwas [nicht] aus der Hand geben — [not] let go of something

geben Sie mir bitte ein Bier — I'll have a beer, please

Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen — (Spr.) it is more blessed to give than to receive (prov.)

2) (übergeben)

jemanden zu jemandem in die Lehre geben — apprentice somebody to somebody

etwas in Druck (Akk.) od. zum Druck geben — send something to press or to be printed; s. auch Pflege

3) (gewähren) give

einen Elfmeter geben — (Sport) award a penalty

4) (bieten) give

jemandem ein gutes Beispiel geben — set somebody a good example

5) (versetzen) give <slap, kick, etc.>

es jemandem geben — (ugs.): (jemandem die Meinung sagen) give somebody what for (sl.); (jemanden verprügeln) let somebody have it

gib [es] ihm! — (ugs.) let him have it!

6) (erteilen) give

Unterricht geben — teach

Französisch geben — teach French

7) (hervorbringen) give <milk, shade, light>

8) (veranstalten) give, throw < party>; give, lay on < banquet>; give <dinner party, ball>

9) (aufführen) give <concert, performance>

das Theater gibt den ‘Faust’ — the theatre is putting on ‘Faust’

was wird heute gegeben? — what's on today?

sein Debüt geben — make one's debut

10) (ergeben)

drei mal drei gibt neun — three threes are nine; three times three is or makes nine

eins plus eins gibt zwei — one and one is or makes two

das gibt [k]einen Sinn — that makes [no] sense

ein Wort gab das andere — one word led to another

11) in

etwas ist jemandem nicht gegeben — somebody just hasn't got something

12) (äußern)

etwas von sich geben — utter something

Unsinn/dummes Zeug von sich geben — (abwertend) talk nonsense/rubbish

keinen Laut/Ton von sich geben — not make a sound

13) in

viel/wenig auf etwas (Akk.) geben — set great/little store by something

14) (hinzugeben) add; put in

etwas an das Essen geben — add something to or put something into the food

15) (ugs.): (erbrechen)

alles wieder von sich geben — bring or (coll.) sick everything up again
2.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb; unpers

1) (vorhanden sein)

es gibt — there is/are

das gibt es wohl häufiger — it happens all the time

dass es so etwas heutzutage überhaupt noch gibt! — I'm surprised that such things still go on nowadays

zu meiner Zeit gab es das nicht — it wasn't like that in my day

das gibt es ja gar nicht — I don't believe it; you're joking (coll.)

Ein Hund mit fünf Beinen? Das gibt es ja gar nicht — A dog with five legs? There's no such thing!

Kommen Sie herein. Was gibt es? — Come in. What's the matter or (coll.) what's up?

was gibt's denn da? — what's going on over there?

was es nicht alles gibt! — (ugs.) what will they think of next?

da gibt's nichts — (ugs.) there's no denying it or no doubt about it

da gibt's nichts, da würde ich sofort protestieren — there's nothing else for it, I'd protest immediately in that case

2) (angeboten werden)

was gibt es zu essen/trinken? — what is there to eat/drink?

was gibt es denn zum Mittagessen? — what's for lunch?

heute gibt's Schweinefleisch — we're having pork today

3) (kommen zu)

morgen gibt es Schnee/Sturm — it'll snow tomorrow/there'll be a storm tomorrow

gleich/sonst gibt's was — (ugs.) there'll be trouble in a minute/otherwise
3.
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

1) (Karten austeilen) deal

wer gibt? — whose deal is it?

2) (Sport): (aufschlagen) serve
4.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb

1)

sich [natürlich] geben — act or behave [naturally]

sich nach außen hin gelassen geben — give the appearance of being relaxed

deine Art, dich zu geben — the way you behave

2) (nachlassen)

das Fieber wird sich geben — his/her etc. temperature will drop

sein Eifer wird sich bald geben — his enthusiasm will soon wear off or cool

das gibt sich/wird sich noch geben — it will get better

* * *

v.

(§ p.,pp.: gab, gegeben)

= to deal v.

to give v.

(§ p.,p.p.: gave, given)

to perform v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Geben
15 geben

n; -s, kein Pl.

1. giving; es ist alles ein Geben und Nehmen it’s all a matter of give and take; Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen BIBL. it is more blessed to give than to receive

2. Kartenspiel: am Geben sein be dealing, be the dealer; er ist am Geben it’s his deal

* * *

to hand; to deal; to give

* * *
ge|ben ['geːbn] pret gab [gaːp] ptp gegeben [gə'geːbn]
1. TRANSITIVES VERB

1) to give; (= reichen) to give, to pass; Schatten, Kühle to provide

wer hat dir das gegeben? — who gave you that?

gibs mir! — give it to me!, give me it!

was darf ich Ihnen geben? — what can I get you?

könnten Sie mir die Butter/den Korkenzieher geben? — could you pass me the butter/the corkscrew?

geben Sie mir bitte zwei Flaschen Bier — I'd like two bottles of beer, please

(von jdm) etw geben lassen — to ask (sb) for sth

geben Sie mir bitte Herrn Braun (Telec) — can I speak to Mr Braun please?

man kann nicht für alles geben (= spenden) — you can't give to everything

geben or Geben ist seliger denn nehmen or Nehmen (Bibl) — it is more blessed to give than to receive

ich gäbe viel darum, zu... — I'd give a lot to...

sie würde ihr Leben für ihre Kinder geben — she'd give her life for her children

sie gaben ihr Leben fürs Vaterland — they gave or laid down their lives for their country

jdm einen Tritt geben — to give sb a kick; (figinf) to give sb the boot (inf)

gibs ihm ( tüchtig)! (inf) — let him have it! (inf)

ein gutes Beispiel geben — to set a good example

jdm etw zu verstehen geben — to make sth known to sb

jdn/etw verloren geben — to give sb/sth up for lost

das Buch hat mir viel gegeben — I got a lot out of the book

2) = Cards to deal

er hat mir drei Asse und zwei Buben gegeben — he dealt me three aces and two jacks

da hast du mir aber ein lausiges Blatt gegeben — you've given or dealt me a lousy hand

3) = gewähren, verleihen to give; Thema, Aufgabe, Problem to set

jdm einen Preis geben — to give sb a prize

einen Elfmeter/einen Freistoß geben — to give a penalty kick/a free kick

gebe Gott, dass... — God grant that...

Taktgefühl ist ihm nicht gegeben — he's not over-endowed with tact

es war ihm nicht gegeben, seine Eltern lebend wiederzusehen — he was not to see his parents alive again

4) = schicken, übergeben to send; (dial = tun) to put

in die Post geben — to post (Brit), to mail (esp US)

ein Auto in Reparatur geben — to have a car repaired

ein Kind in Pflege geben — to put a child in care

geben (dial) — to sprinkle sugar over sth

Milch an den Teig geben (dial) — to add milk to the dough

5) = ergeben, erzeugen to produce

die Kuh gibt Milch — the cow produces milk

die Kuh gibt 25 Liter — the cow produces or gives 25 litres (Brit) or liters (US)

2 + 2 gibt 4 — 2 + 2 makes 4

fünf Manuskriptseiten geben eine Druckseite — five pages of manuscript equal or make one page of print

ein Pfund gibt fünf Klöße — a pound will make five dumplings

Rotwein gibt Flecken — red wine leaves stains

das gibt Ärger/Probleme — that will cause trouble/problems

was wird das noch geben? — where will it end?

6) = veranstalten Konzert, Fest to give; Theaterstück etc to do

am Schillertheater geben sie wieder "Maria Stuart" — they are doing "Maria Stuart" at the Schillertheater again

was wird heute im Theater gegeben? — what's on at the theatre (Brit) or theater (US) today?

7) = unterrichten to teach

Englisch/Deutsch geben — to teach English/German

er gibt Nachhilfeunterricht/Tanzstunden — he gives private tuition/dancing lessons (Brit), he does tutoring/gives dancing lessons

8) andere Wendungendiams; viel/nicht viel auf etw (acc) geben to set great/little store by sth

auf die Meinung der Lehrer brauchst du nichts zu geben — you needn't bother about what the teachers think

ich gebe nicht viel auf seinen Rat — I don't think much of his advicediams; etw von sich geben Laut, Worte, Flüche to utter; Meinung to express

was er gestern von sich gegeben hat, war wieder einmal völlig unverständlich — what he was going on about yesterday was, as ever, completely incomprehensible

2. INTRANSITIVES VERB

1) CARDS to deal

der links von mir Sitzende gibt — the person sitting on my left deals

wer gibt? — whose deal is it?, whose turn is it to deal?

2) SPORT = Aufschlag haben to serve

wer gibt? — whose serve is it?

3. UNPERSÖNLICHES VERB
diams; es gibt (+sing) there is; (+pl) there are
es gibt da noch ein Problem — there's still one problem

es gibt dieses Jahr viele Äpfel — there are a lot of apples this year

gibt es einen Gott? — is there a God?

gibt es den Osterhasen? — is there really an Easter Bunny?

heute gibts noch Regen — it's going to rain today

es wird noch Ärger geben — there'll be trouble (yet)

darauf gibt es 10% Rabatt — you get 10% discount on it

was gibts zum Mittagessen? — what's for lunch?

freitags gibt es bei uns immer Fisch — we always have fish on Fridays

wann gibts was zu essen? – es gibt gleich was — when are we going to get something to eat? – it's on its way

es gibt gleich Mittagessen! — it's nearly time for lunch!

jetzt gibt es keine Süßigkeiten mehr — (you're getting) no more sweets now

was gibts? — what's the matter?, what is it?

ein Mensch mit zwei Köpfen? das gibts nicht! — a two-headed person? there's no such thing!

das gibts nicht, dass ein Vegetarier Metzger wird — it's impossible, a vegetarian wouldn't become a butcher, it's inconceivable that a vegetarian would become a butcher

so was gibts also! (inf) — who'd have thought it! (inf)

das gibts doch nicht! — I don't believe it!

das darf es doch nicht geben! — I don't believe it!

das hat es ja noch nie gegeben! — it's unbelievable!

so was gibts bei uns nicht! (inf) — that's just not on! (inf)

da gibts nichts (inf) — there's no two ways about it (inf)

was es nicht alles gibt! — it's a funny old world!

hat es sonst noch etwas gegeben? — was there anything else?

gleich gibts was! (inf) — there's going to be trouble!

4. REFLEXIVES VERB

1) diams; sich geben = nachlassen Regen to ease off; (Schmerzen) to ease, to lessen; (Leidenschaft, Begeisterung) to lessen, to cool; (freches Benehmen) to lessen

2)

= aufgeben, ergeben sich gefangen geben — to give oneself up

sich verloren geben — to give oneself up for lost

See:

→ schlagen

3) = sich erledigen to sort itself out; (= aufhören) to stop

das wird sich schon geben — it'll all work out

machen Sie erst mal die dringensten Sachen, der Rest wird sich (von alleine) geben — do the most urgent things first, the rest will sort itself out

gibt sich das bald! (inf) — cut it out! (inf)

4) = sich benehmen to behave

sich als etw geben — to play sth

sich freundlich geben — to behave in a friendly way, to be friendly

sich als große Dame geben — to play the great lady

sich von oben herab geben — to behave condescendingly, to be condescending

sich von der besten Seite geben — to show one's best side

nach außen gab er sich heiter — outwardly he seemed quite cheerful

sie gibt sich, wie sie ist — she's completely genuine, there's no pretence (Brit) or pretense (US) with her

* * *

1) (to give, especially for a particular purpose or regularly: His father allows him too much money.) allow

2) (to give (something) to someone by hand: I handed him the book; He handed it back to me; I'll go up the ladder, and you can hand the tools up to me.) hand

3) (the act of dividing cards among players in a card game.) deal

4) (to distribute (cards).) deal

5) (to cause to have: My aunt gave me a book for Christmas; Can you give me an opinion on this?) give

6) (to produce (something): Cows give milk but horses do not; He gave a talk on his travels.) give

7) (to organize (some event etc): We're giving a party next week.) give

* * *

ge·ben

[ˈge:bn̩]

I. TRANSITIVES VERB

1.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(reichen)

▪ jdm etw \geben to give sb sth, to give sth to sb

gibst du mir bitte mal das Brot? could you give [or hand] me the bread, please? [or pass]

ich würde alles darum \geben, ihn noch einmal zu sehen I would give anything to see him again; (beim Kartenspiel) to deal

du hast mir 3 Joker gegeben you've dealt me 3 jokers

wer gibt jetzt? whose turn is it to deal?

2.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(schenken) to give [as a present]

3.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(mitteilen)

jdm die [o seine] Telefonnummer \geben to give sb one's telephone number

▪ sich dat etw [von jdm] \geben lassen to ask [sb] for sth

er ließ sich die Speisekarte \geben he asked for the menu

4.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

ÖKON (verkaufen)

▪ jdm etw \geben to get sb sth; (bezahlen)

▪ [jdm] etw für etw akk \geben to give [sb] sth for sth

was darf ich Ihnen \geben? what can I get you?

darf ich Ihnen sonst noch was \geben? can I get you anything else?

\geben Sie mir bitte fünf Brötchen I'd like five bread rolls please

ich gebe Ihnen 500 Euro für das Bild I'll give you [or let you have] 500 euros for the picture

Preisnachlass/Skonto \geben to give a reduction/cash discount

5.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(spenden)

▪ etw gibt jdm etw sth gives [sb] sth

Schutz/Schatten \geben to give [or provide] protection/shade

6.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(verleihen)

einen Preis \geben to award a prize

Titel/Namen \geben to give a title/name

diese erfreuliche Nachricht gab ihr neue Zuversicht this welcome piece of news gave her new confidence

der Gedanke an eine Rettung gab uns immer wieder Kraft the thought of being rescued always gave us strength

7.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

TELEK (telefonisch verbinden)

▪ jdm jdn \geben to put sb through to sb

\geben Sie mir bitte Frau Schmidt can I speak to Mrs Smith, please

8.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(stellen)

▪ jdm etw \geben to give [or set] sb sth

eine Aufgabe/ein Problem/ein Thema \geben to set a task/problem/topic

9.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(abhalten)

▪ etw \geben to give sth

der Minister wird eine Pressekonferenz \geben the minister will give [or hold] a press conference

10.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(bieten, gewähren, zukommen lassen)

▪ jd gibt [jdm] etw sb gives [or allows] [sb] sth

jdm einen Namen \geben to name a person

jdm ein Interview \geben to grant sb an interview

jdm eine Verwarnung \geben to give sb a warning; SPORT to book sb

der Schiedsrichter gab dem Spieler eine Verwarnung wegen Foulspiels the referee booked the player for a foul

einen Freistoß \geben FBALL to award a free-kick

11.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(aufführen)

ein Theaterstück \geben to put on a play

12.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(veranstalten)

ein Fest \geben to give a party

13.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

DIAL (abgeben, vorübergehend weggehen)

▪ etw/jdn irgendwohin \geben akk to send sth/sb somewhere

sein Auto in [die] Reparatur \geben to have one's car repaired

sein Kind in ein Internat \geben to send one's child to boarding school

dürfen wir während unseres Urlaubs unsere Katze zu euch \geben? can you take our cat while we're away?

14.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

KOCHK (fam: tun)

▪ etw in etw akk/an etw akk \geben, etw zu etw dat \geben to add sth to sth

Wein in die Soße \geben to add wine to the sauce

15.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(ergeben)

▪ etw \geben to produce sth

sieben mal sieben gibt neunundvierzig seven times seven equals forty-nine, seven sevens are forty-nine

Rotwein gibt Flecken red wine stains [or leaves stains]

keinen Sinn \geben that makes no sense

ein Wort gab das andere one word led to another

16.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(erteilen)

▪ etw \geben to teach sth

Nachhilfestunden \geben to give private tuition

Unterricht \geben to teach

jdm etw zu tun \geben to give sb sth to do

17.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(äußern)

▪ etw von sich dat \geben to utter sth

er gab wenig Worte von sich he said very little

18.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(euph fam: sich erbrechen)

▪ etw [wieder] von sich dat \geben to throw up [sth], to bring up sth sep [again] euph

19.

▶ es jdm \geben (fam) to let sb have it fam

▶ gib's ihm! let him have it!

▶ jdm ist etw nicht gegeben sth is not given to sb

nicht allen ist es gegeben, einem solchen Ereignis beizuwohnen not everybody gets the opportunity to be present at such an event

es war ihm nicht gegeben, seine Heimatstadt wiederzusehen he was not destined to see his home town again

▶ nichts auf etw akk \geben to think nothing of sth

▶ jdm etw zu tun \geben to give sb sth to do

das wird ihm für die nächsten Monate zu tun geben! that'll keep him busy for the next few months!

das sollte der Firmenleitung zu denken \geben that should give the company management something to think about!

▶ viel/nicht viel auf etw akk \geben to set great/not much store by sth

ich gebe nicht viel auf die Gerüchte I don't pay much attention to rumours

II. INTRANSITIVES VERB

1.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

KARTEN (austeilen) to deal

jetzt hast du genug gemischt, gib endlich! you've shuffled enough now, just deal them!

2.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

SPORT (Aufschlag haben) to serve

du gibst! it's your serve

III. UNPERSÖNLICHES TRANSITIVES VERB

1.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(gereicht werden)

▪ es gibt etw there is sth

hoffentlich gibt es bald was zu essen! I hope there's something to eat soon!

was gibt es zum Frühstück? what's for breakfast?

freitags gibt es bei uns immer Fisch we always have fish on Fridays

2.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(eintreten)

▪ es gibt etw there is sth

heute gibt es noch Regen it'll rain today

hat es sonst noch etwas gegeben, als ich weg war? has anything else happened while I was away

was wird das noch geben? where will it all lead to?

gleich gibt es was (fam) there's going to be trouble

3.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(existieren, passieren)

▪ etw/jdn gibt es there's sth/sb

das gibt's nicht! (fam) no way!, nothing doing!, forget it!

das gibt es nicht, dass du einfach meinen Wagen nimmst there's no way that you're taking [or using] my car

ein Bär mit zwei Köpfen? das gibt es nicht! a bear with two heads? there's no such thing!

das gibt's doch nicht! (fam) that's unbelievable

so was gibt es bei uns nicht! that's not on [as far as we're concerned]!

was gibt's? (fam) what's the matter, what's up fam

was es nicht alles gibt! (fam) well, I'll be damned! fam, stone me! sl, stone the crows BRIT sl

4.

▶ da gibt es nichts! (fam) there are no two ways about it

seine Lieder sind einmalig, da gibt es nichts! there's no doubt about it, his songs are unique

IV. REFLEXIVES VERB

1.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(nachlassen)

▪ etw gibt sich sth eases [off] [or lets up]

das gibt sich it will sort itself out

die Kopfschmerzen werden sich \geben your headache will go off

diese Aufsässigkeit wird sich bald von ganz alleine \geben this rebelliousness will soon die down of its own accord; (sich erledigen) to sort itself out

manches gibt sich von selbst wieder some things sort themselves out

das wird sich schon \geben it will all work out [for the best]

2.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(sich benehmen, aufführen)

▪ sich akk als etw \geben to behave in a certain way

sie gab sich sehr überrascht she acted very surprised

nach außen gab er sich heiter outwardly he behaved cheerfully

sie gibt sich, wie sie ist she doesn't try to be anything she isn't

sich akk von der besten Seite \geben to show one's best side

3.

<gibt, gab, gegeben>

(sich finden, ergeben)

▪ etw gibt sich sth arises

es wird sich schon noch eine Gelegenheit \geben there's sure to be another opportunity

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) give; (reichen) give; hand; pass

jemandem zu essen geben — give somebody something to eat

geben Sie mir bitte Herrn N. — please put me through to Mr N.

ich gäbe viel darum, wenn ich das machen könnte — I'd give a lot to be able to do that

jemandem etwas in die Hand geben — give somebody something

etwas [nicht] aus der Hand geben — [not] let go of something

geben Sie mir bitte ein Bier — I'll have a beer, please

Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen — (Spr.) it is more blessed to give than to receive (prov.)

2) (übergeben)

jemanden zu jemandem in die Lehre geben — apprentice somebody to somebody

etwas in Druck (Akk.) od. zum Druck geben — send something to press or to be printed; s. auch Pflege

3) (gewähren) give

einen Elfmeter geben — (Sport) award a penalty

4) (bieten) give

jemandem ein gutes Beispiel geben — set somebody a good example

5) (versetzen) give <slap, kick, etc.>

es jemandem geben — (ugs.): (jemandem die Meinung sagen) give somebody what for (sl.); (jemanden verprügeln) let somebody have it

gib [es] ihm! — (ugs.) let him have it!

6) (erteilen) give

Unterricht geben — teach

Französisch geben — teach French

7) (hervorbringen) give <milk, shade, light>

8) (veranstalten) give, throw < party>; give, lay on < banquet>; give < dinner party, ball>

9) (aufführen) give <concert, performance>

das Theater gibt den ‘Faust’ — the theatre is putting on ‘Faust’

was wird heute gegeben? — what's on today?

sein Debüt geben — make one's debut

10) (ergeben)

drei mal drei gibt neun — three threes are nine; three times three is or makes nine

eins plus eins gibt zwei — one and one is or makes two

das gibt [k]einen Sinn — that makes [no] sense

ein Wort gab das andere — one word led to another

11) in

etwas ist jemandem nicht gegeben — somebody just hasn't got something

12) (äußern)

etwas von sich geben — utter something

Unsinn/dummes Zeug von sich geben — (abwertend) talk nonsense/rubbish

keinen Laut/Ton von sich geben — not make a sound

13) in

viel/wenig auf etwas (Akk.) geben — set great/little store by something

14) (hinzugeben) add; put in

etwas an das Essen geben — add something to or put something into the food

15) (ugs.): (erbrechen)

alles wieder von sich geben — bring or (coll.) sick everything up again
2.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb; unpers

1) (vorhanden sein)

es gibt — there is/are

das gibt es wohl häufiger — it happens all the time

dass es so etwas heutzutage überhaupt noch gibt! — I'm surprised that such things still go on nowadays

zu meiner Zeit gab es das nicht — it wasn't like that in my day

das gibt es ja gar nicht — I don't believe it; you're joking (coll.)

Ein Hund mit fünf Beinen? Das gibt es ja gar nicht — A dog with five legs? There's no such thing!

Kommen Sie herein. Was gibt es? — Come in. What's the matter or (coll.) what's up?

was gibt's denn da? — what's going on over there?

was es nicht alles gibt! — (ugs.) what will they think of next?

da gibt's nichts — (ugs.) there's no denying it or no doubt about it

da gibt's nichts, da würde ich sofort protestieren — there's nothing else for it, I'd protest immediately in that case

2) (angeboten werden)

was gibt es zu essen/trinken? — what is there to eat/drink?

was gibt es denn zum Mittagessen? — what's for lunch?

heute gibt's Schweinefleisch — we're having pork today

3) (kommen zu)

morgen gibt es Schnee/Sturm — it'll snow tomorrow/there'll be a storm tomorrow

gleich/sonst gibt's was — (ugs.) there'll be trouble in a minute/otherwise
3.
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

1) (Karten austeilen) deal

wer gibt? — whose deal is it?

2) (Sport): (aufschlagen) serve
4.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb

1)

sich [natürlich] geben — act or behave [naturally]

sich nach außen hin gelassen geben — give the appearance of being relaxed

deine Art, dich zu geben — the way you behave

2) (nachlassen)

das Fieber wird sich geben — his/her etc. temperature will drop

sein Eifer wird sich bald geben — his enthusiasm will soon wear off or cool

das gibt sich/wird sich noch geben — it will get better

* * *

geben; gibt, gab, hat gegeben

A. v/t

1. give (

jemandem etwas sb sth, sth to sb); (reichen) auch hand; (schenken) auch present (with); (verleihen) auch lend; (Ball etc) (weitergeben) pass;

etwas nicht aus der Hand geben (nicht hergeben) not let go of sth, not part with sth; fig (Leitung, Verantwortung) refuse to give up sth ( oder relinquish sth);

jemandem zu trinken/essen geben give sb sth to drink/eat;

jemandem seine Medizin geben (verabreichen) give sb his ( oder her) medicine;

was gibst du mir dafür? what will you give me for it?;

sich (dat)

etwas geben lassen (bitten um, verlangen) ask for sth;

jemandem etwas als Pfand/zur Aufbewahrung geben give sb sth as a pledge/for safekeeping;

geben Sie mir bitte ein Bier/zwei Kilo Äpfel give me ( oder I’d like) a beer/two kilos of apples, please;

geben Sie mir bitte Herrn Müller am Telefon: I’d like to speak to Mr ( oder Mr.) Müller, please, put me through to Mr ( oder Mr.) Müller, please;

ich gäbe was drum zu wissen … umg I’d give anything to know …; → Druck², Hand¹, Kommission, Pflege etc

2. (Auskunft, Befehl, Erlaubnis, Hinweis etc) give; (gewähren) auch grant; (bieten) give, offer; (Hoffnung, Mut etc) give, fill sb with;

jemandem keinen Anlass geben zu (+inf) give sb no cause to (+inf)

jemandem eine/eine letzte Chance geben give sb a/one last chance;

er hat noch viel/mir nichts zu geben (bieten) he still has plenty to offer/he has nothing to offer me;

der Arzt gibt ihm noch zwei Monate (zu leben) fig the doctor gives him two more ( oder another two) months (to live); → Antwort, Bescheid, Blöße, Wort etc

3. (Konzert etc) give; (Theaterstück etc) perform, do umg; (Film) show; (Essen, Party) have, give; (Unterricht, Fach) teach;

was wird heute Abend gegeben? what’s on tonight?;

das Stück wurde drei Monate lang gegeben the play ran ( oder was on) for three months

4. SPORT (Ecke, Elfmeter, Freistoß) give

5. (Ertrag etc) give, yield;

Milch geben give ( oder provide) milk

6. (ergeben) make; (Flecken) make, leave;

das gibt eine gute Suppe it makes a good soup;

das gibt keinen Sinn it doesn’t make (any) sense;

fünf mal sechs gibt dreißig five sixes are thirty, five times six is thirty

7. (tun, legen, stecken etc) put; (hinzufügen) add;

Salz in die Suppe geben put salt into ( oder add salt to) the soup

8.

von sich geben (Geräusch, Geruch) give off; CHEM emit; (Äußerung) make; (Schrei etc) give; (auch Flüche) let out;

Essen

(wieder) von sich geben umg bring up;

nichts als Unsinn von sich geben talk nothing but nonsense; → Ton¹

9.

etwas oder

viel geben auf gutes Benehmen etc: set great store by; besonders auf jemanden: think highly ( oder a lot) of;

wenig/nichts geben auf Konventionen etc: set little/no store by, not bother much/at all about umg; auf jemanden: not think much of;

ich gebe nichts auf i-e Worte I don’t believe a word she says, I don’t take anything she says seriously

10. umg:

es jemandem geben let sb have it, give it to sb;

gib ihm Saures! give him hell,

dem hab ich’s aber gegeben! I really let him have it ( oder gave it to him)!;

gut gegeben! that’s telling him etc!

B. v/i

1. give (

mit vollen Händen freely);

den Armen geben give to the poor;

gern geben give willingly ( oder gladly)

2. Kartenspiel: deal;

wer gibt? whose deal is it?

3. Tennis: serve

4. unpers:

es gibt (existiert, wird angeboten etc) there is, there are;

es gibt Leute, die … some people …;

der beste Spieler, den es je gab the best player there ever was;

es gab viel zu tun there was a lot to do;

es gab kein Entrinnen there was no escaping;

was gibt es da noch zu überlegen? what is there still to think about?;

was gibt es da zu lachen? ärgerlich: what’s funny about that?;

was gibt’s? what’s up?; (was hast du) what’s the matter?;

was gibt’s Neues? what’s new?;

was gibt es zum Mittagessen? what’s for lunch?;

was es nicht alles gibt! umg you don’t say!;

das gibt’s nicht! (existert nicht) there’s no such thing; (das darf nicht wahr sein) you’re joking, that can’t be true; verbietend: that’s out;

das gibt’s nicht - sie ist tatsächlich noch aufgetaucht! umg I don’t ( oder can’t) believe she actually turned up;

Sachen gibt’s, die gibt’s nicht umg truth is often stranger than fiction, there are more things in heaven and earth (than are dreamed of in your philosophy); ungläubig: would you believe it!;

gibt’s den denn noch? umg is he still around?;

da gibt’s nichts! umg (ohne Zweifel) there’s no doubt about that, and no mistake about it; (unter allen Umständen) even if it kills me etc

5. unpers; zukünftig:

das gibt Ärger umg there’ll be trouble;

morgen gibt es Schnee it’s going to snow ( oder there’s going to be snow) tomorrow;

heute wird’s noch was geben (ein Gewitter) I think we’re in for some bad weather ( oder a storm); (einen Krach) auch there’s trouble brewing ( oder in the air);

sei ruhig, sonst gibt’s was! umg be quiet, or else!

C. v/r

1. (sich benehmen) act, behave; (vorgeben) play, pretend;

sich natürlich geben act naturally;

sich als Experte etc

geben play the expert etc, pose as an expert etc

2. (nachlassen) ease up; (vorübergehen) pass, blow over; Leidenschaft etc: auch cool (down); Schmerzen: let up; völlig: go away; Fieber: go down; (wieder gut werden) come right;

das gibt sich wieder auch it’ll sort itself out

3.

sich in sein Schicksal etc

geben give o.s. up to ( oder resign o.s. to) one’s fate etc

4. Gelegenheit: arise, present itself; → gegeben

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) give; (reichen) give; hand; pass

jemandem zu essen geben — give somebody something to eat

geben Sie mir bitte Herrn N. — please put me through to Mr N.

ich gäbe viel darum, wenn ich das machen könnte — I'd give a lot to be able to do that

jemandem etwas in die Hand geben — give somebody something

etwas [nicht] aus der Hand geben — [not] let go of something

geben Sie mir bitte ein Bier — I'll have a beer, please

Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen — (Spr.) it is more blessed to give than to receive (prov.)

2) (übergeben)

jemanden zu jemandem in die Lehre geben — apprentice somebody to somebody

etwas in Druck (Akk.) od. zum Druck geben — send something to press or to be printed; s. auch Pflege

3) (gewähren) give

einen Elfmeter geben — (Sport) award a penalty

4) (bieten) give

jemandem ein gutes Beispiel geben — set somebody a good example

5) (versetzen) give <slap, kick, etc.>

es jemandem geben — (ugs.): (jemandem die Meinung sagen) give somebody what for (sl.); (jemanden verprügeln) let somebody have it

gib [es] ihm! — (ugs.) let him have it!

6) (erteilen) give

Unterricht geben — teach

Französisch geben — teach French

7) (hervorbringen) give <milk, shade, light>

8) (veranstalten) give, throw < party>; give, lay on < banquet>; give <dinner party, ball>

9) (aufführen) give <concert, performance>

das Theater gibt den ‘Faust’ — the theatre is putting on ‘Faust’

was wird heute gegeben? — what's on today?

sein Debüt geben — make one's debut

10) (ergeben)

drei mal drei gibt neun — three threes are nine; three times three is or makes nine

eins plus eins gibt zwei — one and one is or makes two

das gibt [k]einen Sinn — that makes [no] sense

ein Wort gab das andere — one word led to another

11) in

etwas ist jemandem nicht gegeben — somebody just hasn't got something

12) (äußern)

etwas von sich geben — utter something

Unsinn/dummes Zeug von sich geben — (abwertend) talk nonsense/rubbish

keinen Laut/Ton von sich geben — not make a sound

13) in

viel/wenig auf etwas (Akk.) geben — set great/little store by something

14) (hinzugeben) add; put in

etwas an das Essen geben — add something to or put something into the food

15) (ugs.): (erbrechen)

alles wieder von sich geben — bring or (coll.) sick everything up again
2.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb; unpers

1) (vorhanden sein)

es gibt — there is/are

das gibt es wohl häufiger — it happens all the time

dass es so etwas heutzutage überhaupt noch gibt! — I'm surprised that such things still go on nowadays

zu meiner Zeit gab es das nicht — it wasn't like that in my day

das gibt es ja gar nicht — I don't believe it; you're joking (coll.)

Ein Hund mit fünf Beinen? Das gibt es ja gar nicht — A dog with five legs? There's no such thing!

Kommen Sie herein. Was gibt es? — Come in. What's the matter or (coll.) what's up?

was gibt's denn da? — what's going on over there?

was es nicht alles gibt! — (ugs.) what will they think of next?

da gibt's nichts — (ugs.) there's no denying it or no doubt about it

da gibt's nichts, da würde ich sofort protestieren — there's nothing else for it, I'd protest immediately in that case

2) (angeboten werden)

was gibt es zu essen/trinken? — what is there to eat/drink?

was gibt es denn zum Mittagessen? — what's for lunch?

heute gibt's Schweinefleisch — we're having pork today

3) (kommen zu)

morgen gibt es Schnee/Sturm — it'll snow tomorrow/there'll be a storm tomorrow

gleich/sonst gibt's was — (ugs.) there'll be trouble in a minute/otherwise
3.
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

1) (Karten austeilen) deal

wer gibt? — whose deal is it?

2) (Sport): (aufschlagen) serve
4.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb

1)

sich [natürlich] geben — act or behave [naturally]

sich nach außen hin gelassen geben — give the appearance of being relaxed

deine Art, dich zu geben — the way you behave

2) (nachlassen)

das Fieber wird sich geben — his/her etc. temperature will drop

sein Eifer wird sich bald geben — his enthusiasm will soon wear off or cool

das gibt sich/wird sich noch geben — it will get better

* * *

v.

(§ p.,pp.: gab, gegeben)

= to deal v.

to give v.

(§ p.,p.p.: gave, given)

to perform v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > geben
16 de

de [də]

━━━━━━━━━

1. preposition

2. article

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► de + le = du ; de + les = des ; de becomes d' before a vowel or silent h.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque de fait partie d'une locution du type décider de, content de, de plus en plus, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. (provenance) from

• s'échapper de to escape from

• il arrive du Japon he has just arrived from Japan

• nous recevons des amis du Canada we've got friends from Canada staying with us

• l'avion de Londres the plane from London

• je l'ai vu en sortant de la maison I saw him as I was coming out of the house

   b. (lieu) in

• les magasins de Londres the shops in London

• les voisins du 2^e étage the neighbours on the 2nd floor

   c. (destination) to

• l'avion de Bruxelles the plane to Brussels

• la route de Tours the road to Tours

   d. (appartenance) of

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque de sert à exprimer l'appartenance, il se traduit par of ; on préférera toutefois souvent le génitif lorsque le possesseur est une personne ou un animal.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• les oreilles du lapin the rabbit's ears

• la maison de David David's house

• la maison de notre ami our friend's house

• un ami de la famille a friend of the family

• un ami de mon père a friend of my father's

• la porte de la maison the door of the house

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Après un pluriel se terminant par un s, l'apostrophe s'utilise sans s.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• la maison de nos amis our friends' house

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► On ajoute cependant le 's après un nom commun se terminant par ss.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• la loge de l'actrice the actress's dressing-room

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans le cas où le possesseur est une chose, l'anglais supprime parfois le 's.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le pied de la table the table leg

• le bouton de la porte the door knob

• les romanciers du 20^e siècle 20th-century novelists

   e. (contenu) of

• une bouteille de vin a bottle of wine

• une pincée de sel a pinch of salt

• une collection de timbres a collection of stamps

   f. (matière)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► En anglais, un nom en apposition sert souvent à décrire la matière dont quelque chose est fait.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• un vase de cristal a crystal vase

• une table de chêne an oak table

   g. (qualité) un homme de goût a man of taste

• quelque chose de beau something lovely

• rien d'intéressant nothing interesting

   h. (agent) by

• un film de Fellini a Fellini film

• un concerto de Brahms a concerto by Brahms

• c'est de qui ? who is it by?

• ce poème n'est pas de moi I didn't write the poem

   i. ( = avec)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque de signifie avec, au moyen de, à l'aide de, ou exprime la manière ou la cause, la traduction dépend du contexte ; reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il l'attrapa de la main gauche he caught it with his left hand

• marcher d'un pas lent to walk slowly

• rougir de honte to go red with embarrassment

• être fatigué de répéter to be tired of repeating

• couvert de boue covered in mud

   j. ( = par) il gagne 30 € de l'heure he earns 30 euros an hour

   k. ( = durant) de jour during the day

• de nuit during the night

• 3 heures du matin 3 o'clock in the morning

• je ne l'ai pas vu de la soirée I haven't seen him all evening

   l. (locutions) il y a deux verres de cassés there are two broken glasses

• j'ai une semaine de congé I've got a week's holiday

• il est d'une bêtise ! he's so stupid!

• tu as de ces idées ! you have the strangest ideas!

• le jour de Noël Christmas Day

• cette saleté de temps this rotten weather

• la ville de Paris the city of Paris

• le mois de juin the month of June

• une pièce de 6 m² a room 6 metres square

• un enfant de 5 ans a 5-year-old child

• un voyage de trois jours a three-day journey

• il y aura une attente de quelques heures you will have to wait a few hours

• un chèque de 100 € a cheque for 100 euros

• il est professeur d'anglais he's an English teacher

► de... à from... to

• de chez moi à la gare, il y a 5 km it's 5km from my house to the station

• du 2 au 7 mai from 2 to 7 May

• les enfants de 9 à 12 ans children from 9 to 12► de... en from... to

• il va de village en village he goes from village to village

• de jour en jour from day to day

• le nombre diminue d'année en année the number is decreasing every year

• nous allions de surprise en surprise we had one surprise after another

2. <

   a. (affirmation)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► L'article de n'est souvent pas traduit mais il peut parfois être rendu par some.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• au déjeuner, nous avons eu du poulet we had chicken for lunch

• j'ai du travail à faire I've got work to do

• j'ai des voisins charmants I've got lovely neighbours

• boire de l'eau to drink water

• ils vendent des pommes they sell apples

• il mange des biscuits toute la journée he eats biscuits all day

• elle a de jolies mains she's got lovely hands

• il portait des lunettes he was wearing glasses

• il a joué du Chopin he played Chopin

• cela demande de la patience it takes patience

• c'est du vol ! that's robbery!

• j'ai acheté des pommes I bought some apples

   b. (interrogation, hypothèse)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans les questions et les hypothèses, de soit ne se traduit pas, soit est rendu par any ou some.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• accepteriez-vous de l'argent liquide ? would you take cash?

• as-tu de l'argent ? have you got any money?

• as-tu rencontré des randonneurs ? did you meet any hikers?

• si tu achètes du vin, j'en prendrai aussi if you buy some wine, I'll buy some too

• s'il y a des problèmes if there are any problems

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans les offres polies, on utilise plus souvent some.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• tu veux de l'aide ? do you want any help? ; (plus poli) would you like some help?

• voulez-vous des œufs ? would you like some eggs?

• vous ne voulez vraiment pas de vin ? are you sure you don't want some wine?

   c. ► pas... de... not any... no...

• je n'ai pas acheté de pommes I didn't buy any apples

• je n'ai pas de voisins I haven't got any neighbours

• il n'y a pas de pain there isn't any bread there's no bread

* * *

(d' before vowel or mute h) də, d préposition

1) ( indiquant l'origine) from

le train de Bruxelles — the train from Brussels

il arrive du Japon — he's just come from Japan

à 20 mètres de là — 20 metres [BrE] from there

un enfant de mon premier mari — a child by my first husband

un vin de Grèce — ( rapporté de là-bas) a wine from Greece; ( fait là-bas) a Greek wine

né de parents immigrés — born of immigrant parents

il est de père italien — his father is Italian

de méfiant il est devenu paranoïaque — he went from being suspicious to being paranoid

2) ( indiquant la progression)

de...à, de...en — from...to

de 8 à 10 heures — from 8 to 10 (o'clock)

du matin au soir — from morning till night

d'heure en heure — from hour to hour

3) ( indiquant la destination) to

4) ( indiquant la cause)

mourir de soif — to die of thirst

pleurer de rage — to cry with rage

trembler de froid — to shiver with cold

5) ( indiquant la manière) in

parler d'un ton monocorde — to speak in a monotone

tirer de toutes ses forces — to pull with all one's might

6) ( indiquant le moyen) with

pousser quelque chose du pied — to push something aside with one's foot

vivre de saucisses — to live on sausages

7) ( indiquant l'agent) by

un poème de Victor Hugo — a poem by Victor Hugo

avoir un enfant de quelqu'un — to have a child by somebody

8) ( indiquant la durée)

travailler de nuit/de jour — to work at night/during the day

ne rien faire de la journée — to do nothing all day

9) (indiquant l'appartenance, la dépendance)

les chapeaux de Paul — Paul's hats

un élève du professeur Talbin — one of professor Talbin's students

l'immensité de la mer — the immensity of the sea

le toit de la maison — the roof of the house

la porte de la chambre — the bedroom door

le cadran du téléphone — the dial on the telephone

c'est bien de lui — it's just like him

10) ( détermination par le contenant)

le foin de la grange — the hay in the barn

le vin du tonneau — ( qui s'y trouve) the wine in the barrel; ( qu'on a tiré) the wine from the barrel

11) ( détermination par le contenu) of

une tasse de café — a cup of coffee

12) ( détermination par la quantité) of

une minute de silence — one minute of silence, a minute's silence

13) ( détermination par le lieu) of

les pyramides d'Égypte — the pyramids of Egypt

14) ( détermination par le temps) of

le 20 du mois — the 20th of the month

la réunion de samedi — Saturday's meeting

la réunion du 20 juin — the meeting on 20 June

le train de 15 heures — the 3 o'clock train

les ventes de juin — the June sales

15) (détermination par la dimension, la mesure)

un livre de 200 pages — a 200-page book

être long de 20 mètres — to be 20 metres [BrE] long

7 euros de l'heure — 7 euros an hour

trop lourd de trois kilos — three kilos too heavy

16) (détermination par la nature, fonction, matière)

un billet de train — a train ticket

une robe de coton rouge — a red cotton dress

une bulle d'air — an air bubble

17) ( apposition) of

le mois de juillet — the month of July

le nom de Flore — the name Flore

18) ( avec attribut du nom ou du pronom)

trois personnes de tuées — three people killed

deux heures de libres — two hours free

20 euros de plus — 20 euros more

l'ourlet a deux centimètres de trop — the hem is two centimetres [BrE] too long

quelque chose/rien de nouveau — something/nothing new

c'est quelqu'un de célèbre — he's/she's famous

c'est ça de fait — (colloq) that's that out of the way

19) ( avec un infinitif)

ça me peinait de la voir ainsi — it upset me to see her like that

et eux de rire — and they laughed

20) ( après un déverbal)

le filtrage de l'eau pose de gros problèmes — filtering water poses big problems

21) ( après un superlatif) gén of; ( avec un lieu ou ensemble assimilé) in

le plus grand restaurant de la ville — the biggest restaurant in the town

22) (colloq) (en corrélation avec le pronom un, une)

pour une gaffe, c'en est une, de gaffe! — as blunders go, that was a real one!

23) ( dans une comparaison chiffrée) than

plus/moins de 10 — more/less than 10

••

La préposition

Certains emplois de la préposition de sont traités ailleurs dans le dictionnaire, notamment

lorsque de introduit le complément de verbes transitifs indirects comme douter de, jouer de, de verbes à double complément comme recevoir quelque chose de quelqu'un, de certains noms comme désir de, obligation de, de certains adjectifs comme fier de, plein de

lorsque de fait partie de locutions comme d'abord, de travers ou de composés comme chemin de fer, pomme de terre

lorsque de est utilisé dans la structure de déterminants indéfinis comme peu de, moins de etc

lorsque de fait suite à être dans certaines tournures être I

D'autres renvois essentiels apparaissent dans l'entrée ci-dessous, mais on se reportera également aux notes d'usage répertoriées pour certaines constructions

L'article indéfini

de article indéfini pluriel est traité avec un I

L'article partitif: de, de l', de la, du

Lorsqu'il exprime une généralité non quantifiée ou une alternative, de, article partitif ne se traduit pas: manger de la viande/du lapin/des oeufs = to eat meat/rabbit/eggs; il ne boit jamais de vin = he never drinks wine; tu prends du café au petit déjeuner? = do you have coffee for breakfast?; voulez-vous de la bière ou du vin? = would you like beer or wine?; il ne veut pas de vin mais de la bière = he doesn't want wine, he wants beer

Lorsque l'idée de quantité est présente il se traduit par some ou any: achète de la bière/des bananes = buy some beer/some bananas; voulez-vous de la bière? = would you like some beer?; évidemment, tu leur as donné de l'argent? = of course, you gave them some money?; y a-t-il du soleil? = is there any sun?; il n'y a pas de soleil = there isn't any sun, there's no sun; il y a rarement du soleil = there's seldom any sun; il n'y a jamais de soleil = there's never any sun; il n'y a plus de vin = there isn't any more wine

Et lorsque qu'il s'agit d'une partie déterminée d'un tout, il se traduit par some of ou any of: elle a mangé des gâteaux que j'ai achetés = she has eaten some of the cakes I bought; a-t-elle bu du vin que j'ai apporté? = did she drink any of the wine I brought?; je ne prendrai plus de ce mélange = I won't take any more of this mixture

* * *
de
1. nm

1) (à jouer) dice

un coup de dés — a throw of the dice

2) (dé à coudre) thimble

2. dés nmpl

1) (= jeu) dice, game of dice

2) CUISINE

couper en dés — to dice

* * *

de ⇒ Note d'usage (d' before vowel or mute h) prép

1 ( indiquant l'origine) from; leur départ/le train de Bruxelles their departure/the train from Brussels; il arrive du Japon he's just come from Japan; de la fenêtre, on peut voir… from the window, one can see…; à 20 mètres de là 20 metres^GB from there; de ce moment fml from that moment; un enfant de mon premier mari/mariage a child by my first husband/from my first marriage; elle est de Taiwan she's from Taiwan; un vin de Grèce ( rapporté de là-bas) a wine from Greece; ( fait là-bas) a Greek wine; né de parents immigrés born of immigrant parents; il est de père italien et de mère chinoise his father is Italian and his mother Chinese; le bébé est de février the baby was born in February; de méfiant il est devenu paranoïaque he went from being suspicious to being paranoid; d'ici là between now and then; d'ici la fin du mois by the end of the month; ⇒ par;

2 ( indiquant la progression) de…à, de…en from…to; de 8 à 10 heures from 8 to 10 (o'clock); de mardi à samedi, du mardi au samedi from Tuesday to Saturday; du matin au soir from morning till night; d'une semaine à l'autre from one week to the next; de Lisbonne à Berlin from Lisbon to Berlin; de l'équateur aux pôles from the equator to the poles; de ville en ville from town to town; d'heure en heure from hour to hour; de déception en désillusion from disappointment to disillusion; ⇒ Charybde, long, moins, moment, place, plus;

3 ( indiquant la destination) to; le train de Paris the train to Paris, the Paris train;

4 ( indiquant la cause) mourir de soif/de chagrin/d'une pneumonie to die of thirst/of a broken heart/of pneumonia; phobie de l'eau/la foule fear of water/crowds; des larmes de désespoir tears of despair; un hurlement de terreur a scream of terror; pleurer de rage to cry with rage; hurler de terreur to scream with terror; trembler de froid to shiver with cold; ⇒ joie;

5 ( indiquant la manière) in; parler d'un ton monocorde to speak in a monotone; s'exprimer de manière élégante to express oneself in an elegant way; plaisanterie d'un goût douteux joke in dubious taste; tirer de toutes ses forces to pull with all one's might; il a répondu d'un geste obscène he answered with an obscene gesture; ⇒ beau, cœur, concert, mémoire, tac, trait;

6 ( indiquant le moyen) with; pousser qch du pied to push sth aside with one's foot; soulever qch d'une main to lift sth with one hand; gravure/graver de la pointe d'un couteau engraving/to engrave with the point of a knife; suspendu des deux mains hanging by two hands; déjeuner/vivre de saucisses et de haricots to lunch/to live on sausages and beans; il a fait de sa chambre un bureau he made his bedroom into a study; ⇒ coup, coude;

7 ( indiquant l'agent) by; un poème/dessin de Victor Hugo a poem/drawing by Victor Hugo; avoir un enfant de qn to have a child by sb; respecté de tous respected by all;

8 ( indiquant la durée) travailler de nuit/de jour to work at night/during the day; ne rien faire de la journée/semaine to do nothing all day/week; de ma vie je n'avais vu ça I had never seen such a thing in my life; ⇒ temps;

9 (indiquant l'appartenance, la dépendance) les chapeaux de Paul/de mon frère/de mes parents Paul's/my brother's/my parents' hats; les oreilles de l'ours/de mon chat the bear's/my cat's ears; la politique de leur gouvernement/de la France their government's/France's policy, the policy of their government/of France; un élève du professeur Talbin one of professor Talbin's students; l'immensité de l'espace/la mer the immensity of space/the sea; le toit de la maison the roof of the house; la porte de la chambre the bedroom door; les rideaux de la chambre sont sales the bedroom curtains are dirty; j'ai lavé les rideaux de la chambre I washed the bedroom curtains; le cadran du téléphone the dial on the telephone; c'est bien de lui it's just like him;

10 ( détermination par le contenant) le foin de la grange the hay in the barn; le vin du tonneau ( qui s'y trouve) the wine in the barrel; ( qu'on a tiré) the wine from the barrel;

11 ( détermination par le contenu) of; une tasse de café a cup of coffee; un sac de charbon a sack of coal;

12 ( détermination par la quantité) of; cinq pages de roman five pages of a novel; deux mètres de tissu two metres^GB of material; trois litres de vin three litres^GB of wine; une minute de silence one minute of silence, a minute's silence; quatre heures de musique four hours of music; deux milliardièmes de seconde two billionths of a second; le quart de mes économies a quarter of my savings; la totalité or l'ensemble de leurs œuvres the whole of their works; les sept maisons du hameau the seven houses of the hamlet;

13 ( détermination par le lieu) of; les pyramides d'Égypte the pyramids of Egypt; le roi de Brunéi the King of Brunei; le premier ministre du Japon the prime minister of Japan, the Japanese prime minister; le comte de Monte-Cristo the Count of Monte-Cristo;

14 ( détermination par le temps) of; les ordinateurs de demain the computers of tomorrow; le 20 du mois the 20th of the month; la réunion de samedi Saturday's meeting; la réunion du 20 juin the meeting on 20 June; le train de 15 heures the 3 o'clock train; les ventes de juin the June sales;

15 (détermination par la dimension, la mesure) un livre de 200 pages a 200-page book; un spectacle de deux heures a two-hour show; une grue de 50 tonnes a 50-tonne crane; être long de 20 mètres, avoir 20 mètres de long to be 20 metres^GB long; 20 euros de l'heure 20 euros an hour; enceinte de trois mois three months' pregnant; on aura deux heures d'attente we'll have a two-hour wait; on aura deux heures de retard we'll be two hours late; trop lourd de trois kilos three kilos too heavy; plus/moins de trois more/less than three; elle est la plus âgée/jeune de deux ans she's the oldest/youngest by two years;

16 (détermination par la nature, fonction, matière) un billet de train a train ticket; une statue de cristal a crystal statue; un livre de géographie a geography book; un professeur de botanique a botany teacher; un chapeau de cow-boy a cowboy hat; une salle de réunion a meeting room; une robe de coton rouge a red cotton dress; une bulle d'air/de savon an air/a soap bubble; un joueur de tennis a tennis player; un produit de qualité a quality product; un travail de qualité quality work; un spécialiste de l'électronique an electronics expert, an expert in electronics; un homme de bon sens a man of common sense; la théorie de la relativité the theory of relativity; ⇒ bois, laine;

17 ( apposition) of; le mois de juillet the month of July; la ville de Singapour the city of Singapore; le titre de duc the title of duke; le nom de Flore the name Flore; le terme de quark the term quark;

18 ( avec attribut du nom ou du pronom) trois personnes de tuées three people killed; une jambe de cassée a broken leg; un seul ticket de valable only one valid ticket; deux heures de libres two hours free; 200 euros de plus 200 euros more; l'ourlet a deux centimètres de trop the hem is two centimetres^GB too long; ton imbécile de frère your stupid brother; quelque chose/rien de nouveau something/nothing new; je n'ai jamais rien vu de semblable I've never seen anything like it; c'est quelqu'un de célèbre he's/she's famous; c'est ça de fait○ that's that out of the way, that's that taken care of;

19 ( avec un infinitif) de la voir ainsi me peinait seeing her like that upset me; ça me peinait de la voir ainsi it upset me to see her like that; et eux/toute la salle de rire and they/the whole audience laughed; être content de faire to be happy to do;

20 ( après un déverbal) le filtrage de l'eau pose de gros problèmes filtering water poses big problems; le remplacement de la chaudière a coûté très cher replacing the boiler was very expensive;

21 ( après un superlatif) gén of; ( avec un lieu ou ensemble assimilé) in; le plus jeune des trois frères the youngest of the three brothers; le roi des rois the king of kings; le plus grand restaurant de la ville the biggest restaurant in the town; le plus vieux de la classe/famille the oldest in the class/family;

22 ○(en corrélation avec le pronom un, une) pour une gaffe, c'en est une, de gaffe! as blunders go, that was a real one!; est-ce que j'en ai une, moi, de voiture? and me, have I got a car?;

23 ( dans une comparaison chiffrée) than; plus/moins de 10 more/less than 10.

[də] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet d' [d], contraction de 'de' avec 'le' du [dy], contraction de 'de' avec 'les' des [de]) préposition

A.[INDIQUANT L'ORIGINE, LE POINT DE DÉPART]

1. [indiquant la provenance] from

il n'est pas d'ici he's not from (around) here

il a sorti un lapin de son chapeau he produced ou pulled a rabbit out of his hat

2. [à partir de]

de quelques fleurs des champs, elle a fait un bouquet she made a posy out of ou from a few wild flowers

faire un drame de rien to make a fuss over nothing

3. [indiquant l'auteur] by

4. [particule]

Madame de Sévigné Madame de Sévigné

épouser un/une de quelque chose (familier) to marry a man/woman with an aristocratic sounding name

B.[DANS LE TEMPS]

1. [à partir de] from

de ce jour from that day

2. [indiquant le moment]

de jour during the ou by day

travailler de nuit to work nights

il n'a pas travaillé de l'année he hasn't worked all year

je ne le vois pas de la semaine I don't see him at all during the week

le train de 9 h 30 the 9.30 train

[depuis]

de longtemps, on n'avait vu cela such a thing hadn't been seen for a long time

C.[INDIQUANT LA CAUSE]

rougir de plaisir to blush with pleasure

mourir de peur/de faim to die of fright/of hunger

pleurer de joie to cry for joy

souffrir de rhumatismes to suffer from rheumatism

se tordre de douleur/de rire to be doubled up in pain/with laughter

D.[INDIQUANT LE MOYEN, L'INSTRUMENT]

faire signe de la main to wave

il voit mal de l'œil gauche he can't see properly with his left eye

E.[INDIQUANT LA MANIÈRE]

manger de bon appétit to eat heartily

de toutes ses forces with all one's strength

F.[AVEC DES NOMBRES, DES MESURES]

1. [emploi distributif]

50 euros de l'heure 50 euros per ou an hour

2. [introduisant une mesure]

un appartement de 60 m² a 60 m² flat

un homme d'1 m 80 a man who is 1 m 80 tall

une femme de 30 ans a 30-year-old woman

un moteur de 15 chevaux a 15 h.p. engine

un cadeau de 50 euros a gift worth 50 euros

une équipe de 15 personnes a team of 15

3. [indiquant une différence dans le temps, l'espace, la quantité]

distant de cinq kilomètres five kilometres away

ma montre retarde de 10 mn my watch is 10 minutes slow

ce colis est trop lourd de 100 grammes this parcel is 100 grammes too heavy

G.[INDIQUANT L'APPARTENANCE]

la maison de mes parents/Marie my parents'/Marie's house

la porte du salon the living room door

les pays de l'UE the countries in the EU, the EU countries

pour les membres du club for members of the club ou club members

les élèves de sa classe the pupils in his class

H.[MARQUANT LA DÉTERMINATION]

1. [indiquant la matière, la qualité, le genre etc.]

un buffet de chêne an oak dresser

un bonhomme de neige a snowman

une réaction d'horreur a horrified reaction

une pause de publicité a commercial break

un livre d'un grand intérêt a book of great interest

elle est d'un snob! she is so snobbish!, she's such a snob!

2. [indiquant le contenu, le contenant]

l'eau de la citerne the water in the tank

un pot de fleurs

a. [récipient] a flowerpot

b. [fleurs] a pot of flowers

3. [dans un ensemble]

le plus jeune de la classe the youngest pupil in the class

le plus jeune des deux the younger of the two

4. [avec une valeur emphatique]

l'as des as the champ

le fin du fin the very latest thing

I.[SERVANT DE LIEN SYNTAXIQUE]

1. [après un verbe]

parler de quelque chose to speak about ou of something

se séparer de quelqu'un to leave somebody

se libérer du passé to free oneself from the past

instruire quelqu'un de ses intentions to notify somebody of one's plans

ce champ est entouré d'une palissade this field is surrounded by a fence

2. [après un substantif]

l'amour de quelque chose the love of something

troubles de l'audition hearing problems

3. [après un adjectif]

sûr de soi sure of oneself

il est facile de critiquer it's easy to criticize

4. [après un pronom]

rien de nouveau nothing new

quoi de plus beau que la mer? what is more beautiful than the sea?

5. [devant un adjectif, participe ou adverbe]

c'est une heure de perdue that's an hour lost

restez une semaine de plus stay (for) one more ou an extra week

6. [introduisant un nom en apposition]

le mois de janvier the month of January

au mois de janvier in January

cet imbécile de Pierre that idiot Pierre

7. [indiquant le sujet d'un ouvrage]

‘De l'art d'être mère’ ‘The Art of Being a Mother’

8. (littéraire) [introduisant un infinitif]

et tous de rire they all burst into laughter

————————

[də] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet d' [d], contraction de 'de' avec 'le' du [dy], contraction de 'de' avec 'les' des [de]) article partitif

1. [dans une affirmation]

j'ai acheté de la viande I bought (some) meat

c'est de la provocation/de l'entêtement! it's sheer provocation/pig-headedness!

j'ai bu de ce vin I drank some of that wine

manger de la viande to eat meat

chanter du Fauré to sing some Fauré ou a piece by Fauré

[dans une interrogation]

prends-tu du sucre dans ton café? do you take sugar in your coffee?

[dans une négation]

il n'y a pas de place there's no room, there isn't any room

2. [exprimant une comparaison]

il y a du prophète chez lui he's a bit like a prophet

ça c'est du Julien tout craché ou du pur Julien that's Julien all over, that's typical of Julien

————————

[də] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet d' [d], contraction de 'de' avec 'le' du [dy], contraction de 'de' avec 'les' des [de]) article défini

[dans une affirmation]

il a de bonnes idées he has ou he's got (some) good ideas

[dans une négation]

nous ne faisons pas de projets pour cet été we are not making any plans for this summer

————————

de... à locution correlative

1. [dans l'espace] from... to

2. [dans le temps] from... to

d'un instant à l'autre

a. [progressivement] from one minute to the next

b. [bientôt] any minute ou time now

d'ici à demain by tomorrow

3. [dans une énumération] from... to

4. [dans une évaluation]

ça vaut de 100 à 150 euros it's worth between 100 and 150 euros

————————

de... en locution correlative

1. [dans l'espace] from... to

2. [dans le temps]

de jour en jour from day to day

l'espoir s'amenuisait d'heure en heure hope dwindled as the hours went by

le nombre d'étudiants augmente d'année en année the number of students is getting bigger by the year ou every year ou from one year to the next

3. [dans une évolution]

de déduction en déduction, il avait trouvé le coupable he'd deduced who the culprit was

aller de déception en déception to go from one disappointment to the next

un musée où vous irez de surprise en surprise a museum where many surprises await you

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > de

17 ÁT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

n. [éta, át, edere, A. S. ǽt], the act of eating, in the phrase, at öldri ok at áti, inter bibendum et edendum, Grág. ii. 170, N. G. L. i. 29; át ok drykkja, Fas. ii. 552, Orkn. 200; át ok atvinna, Stj. 143: of beasts, kýr hafnaði átinu, the cow (being sick) would not eat, Bs. i. 194.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÁT

18 पञ्चन् _pañcan

पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.]

-Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth.

-अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य).

-2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185.

-3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21.

-4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance.

-अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divi- sions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥

(-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle.

-2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (

-ङ्गी) a bit for horses.

-(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts.

-2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas)

-3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥

-4 a calendar or almanac, so called be- cause it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propiti- ousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology).

-अङ्गिक a. five-membered.

-अङ्गुल a. (

-ला or

-ली f.) measuring five fingers. (

-लः) the castor-oil plant.

-अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य.

-अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9.

-अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38.

-अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस.

-अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients.

-(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं).

-2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु).

-3 the five elements; Māl.5.2.

-अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron).

-अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury.

- अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.).

-अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below.

-अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य.

-अशीतिः f. eighty-five.

-अहः a period of five days.

- आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41.

-आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body).

-आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva.

-2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a.

-3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (

-नी) an epithet of Durgā.

-आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva.

-आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य.

-इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्).

-इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥).

-उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य).

-उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body.

-कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups.

-कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115.

-कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving stre- nutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥

-कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth.

-कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर).

-कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण).

-कृत्वस् ind. five times.

-कृष्णः A kind of game. (

-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान.

-कोणः a pentagon.

-कोलम् the five spices taken collec- tively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ).

-कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi.

-क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas.

-2 N. of the city, Banares.

-खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds.

-गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power.

-गवम् a collection of five cows.

-गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च).

-गु a. bought with five cows.

-गुण a. five-fold. (

-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (

-णी) the earth.

-गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head).

-2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas.

-घातः (in music) a kind of mea- sure.

-चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth.

-चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five.

-चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara.

-जनः 1 a man, man- kind.

-2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2.

-3 the soul.

-4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17.

-5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (

-नी) an assemblage of five persons.

-जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (

-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9.

-ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge.

-2 a man familiar with the doc- trines of the Pāśupatas.

-तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters.

-तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.

-2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन.

-तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9.

-तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and pri- mary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध).

-तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5.

-तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (

-यः) a pentad.

-तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च.

-त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth.

-त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five.

-दश a.

1 fifteenth.

-2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'.

-दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen.

˚अहः a period of fifteen days.

-दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen.

-दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fort- night (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146.

-2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य).

-दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥

-देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥

-धारणक a. upheld by the five elements.

-नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177.

-2 an elephant.

-3 a turtle.

-4 a lion or tiger.

-नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa.

-नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum).

-दा (pl.) the people of this country.

-नवतिः f. ninety-five.

-निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root).

-नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf).

-पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth.

-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five.

-पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115.

-2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections

-पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow).

-पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only.

-पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively.

-2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels.

-पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर).

-पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य.

-पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥

-पित्तम् the bile of five ani- mals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock).

-प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest).

-प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान.

-प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple.

-बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen.

-बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला.

-बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु.

-बाहुः N. of Śiva.

-बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2.

-बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज.

-भद्र a.

1 having five good qualities.

-2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.).

-3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks.

-4 vicious.

-द्रः a kind of pavilion.

-भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9.

-भुज a. pentagonal.

(-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण.

-2 N. of Gaṇeśa.

-भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.

-भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र.

-मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2).

-महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54.

-महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ.

-मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B.

-माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.).

-माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298.

-मास्य a. happening every five months.

-मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.)

-मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा.

-मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.).

-मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚.

-रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम्...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥

-2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष).

-रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी).

-रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24.

-2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas.

-3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada.

-4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11.

-राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.).

-लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also.

-लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल.

-लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs.

-लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra.

-लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron).

-लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead.

-वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत).

-वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक.

-2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34.

-वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five.

-2 the five essential elements of the body.

-3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27.

-4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ.

-5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154.

-वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old.

-वर्षीय a. five years old.

-वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस.

-वल्लभा N. of Draupadī.

-वार्षिक a. recurring every five years.

-वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage).

-विंश a. twenty-fifth.

-शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts.

-2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53.

-विंशतिः f. twenty-five.

-विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका.

-विध a. five- fold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157.

-वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2.

-वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold.

-वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65.

-शत a. amounting to five hundred.

(-तम्) 1 one hundred and five.

-2 five hundred.

-शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49.

-2 an elephant.

-शारदीयः N. of a Yāga.

-शिखः a lion.

-शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh.

-शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्).

-ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34.

-षष्ट a. sixty-fifth.

-षष्टिः f. sixty-five.

-सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें).

-सप्तत a. seventy-fifth.

-सप्ततिः f. seventy-five.

-सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष.

-सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc.

-सिद्धौषधयः the five medi- cinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी.

-सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥.

-सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68.

-सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c.

-स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि).

-हायन a. five years old.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > पञ्चन् _pañcan

19 dé

de [də]

━━━━━━━━━

1. preposition

2. article

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► de + le = du ; de + les = des ; de becomes d' before a vowel or silent h.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque de fait partie d'une locution du type décider de, content de, de plus en plus, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. (provenance) from

• s'échapper de to escape from

• il arrive du Japon he has just arrived from Japan

• nous recevons des amis du Canada we've got friends from Canada staying with us

• l'avion de Londres the plane from London

• je l'ai vu en sortant de la maison I saw him as I was coming out of the house

   b. (lieu) in

• les magasins de Londres the shops in London

• les voisins du 2^e étage the neighbours on the 2nd floor

   c. (destination) to

• l'avion de Bruxelles the plane to Brussels

• la route de Tours the road to Tours

   d. (appartenance) of

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque de sert à exprimer l'appartenance, il se traduit par of ; on préférera toutefois souvent le génitif lorsque le possesseur est une personne ou un animal.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• les oreilles du lapin the rabbit's ears

• la maison de David David's house

• la maison de notre ami our friend's house

• un ami de la famille a friend of the family

• un ami de mon père a friend of my father's

• la porte de la maison the door of the house

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Après un pluriel se terminant par un s, l'apostrophe s'utilise sans s.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• la maison de nos amis our friends' house

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► On ajoute cependant le 's après un nom commun se terminant par ss.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• la loge de l'actrice the actress's dressing-room

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans le cas où le possesseur est une chose, l'anglais supprime parfois le 's.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le pied de la table the table leg

• le bouton de la porte the door knob

• les romanciers du 20^e siècle 20th-century novelists

   e. (contenu) of

• une bouteille de vin a bottle of wine

• une pincée de sel a pinch of salt

• une collection de timbres a collection of stamps

   f. (matière)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► En anglais, un nom en apposition sert souvent à décrire la matière dont quelque chose est fait.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• un vase de cristal a crystal vase

• une table de chêne an oak table

   g. (qualité) un homme de goût a man of taste

• quelque chose de beau something lovely

• rien d'intéressant nothing interesting

   h. (agent) by

• un film de Fellini a Fellini film

• un concerto de Brahms a concerto by Brahms

• c'est de qui ? who is it by?

• ce poème n'est pas de moi I didn't write the poem

   i. ( = avec)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque de signifie avec, au moyen de, à l'aide de, ou exprime la manière ou la cause, la traduction dépend du contexte ; reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il l'attrapa de la main gauche he caught it with his left hand

• marcher d'un pas lent to walk slowly

• rougir de honte to go red with embarrassment

• être fatigué de répéter to be tired of repeating

• couvert de boue covered in mud

   j. ( = par) il gagne 30 € de l'heure he earns 30 euros an hour

   k. ( = durant) de jour during the day

• de nuit during the night

• 3 heures du matin 3 o'clock in the morning

• je ne l'ai pas vu de la soirée I haven't seen him all evening

   l. (locutions) il y a deux verres de cassés there are two broken glasses

• j'ai une semaine de congé I've got a week's holiday

• il est d'une bêtise ! he's so stupid!

• tu as de ces idées ! you have the strangest ideas!

• le jour de Noël Christmas Day

• cette saleté de temps this rotten weather

• la ville de Paris the city of Paris

• le mois de juin the month of June

• une pièce de 6 m² a room 6 metres square

• un enfant de 5 ans a 5-year-old child

• un voyage de trois jours a three-day journey

• il y aura une attente de quelques heures you will have to wait a few hours

• un chèque de 100 € a cheque for 100 euros

• il est professeur d'anglais he's an English teacher

► de... à from... to

• de chez moi à la gare, il y a 5 km it's 5km from my house to the station

• du 2 au 7 mai from 2 to 7 May

• les enfants de 9 à 12 ans children from 9 to 12► de... en from... to

• il va de village en village he goes from village to village

• de jour en jour from day to day

• le nombre diminue d'année en année the number is decreasing every year

• nous allions de surprise en surprise we had one surprise after another

2. <

   a. (affirmation)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► L'article de n'est souvent pas traduit mais il peut parfois être rendu par some.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• au déjeuner, nous avons eu du poulet we had chicken for lunch

• j'ai du travail à faire I've got work to do

• j'ai des voisins charmants I've got lovely neighbours

• boire de l'eau to drink water

• ils vendent des pommes they sell apples

• il mange des biscuits toute la journée he eats biscuits all day

• elle a de jolies mains she's got lovely hands

• il portait des lunettes he was wearing glasses

• il a joué du Chopin he played Chopin

• cela demande de la patience it takes patience

• c'est du vol ! that's robbery!

• j'ai acheté des pommes I bought some apples

   b. (interrogation, hypothèse)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans les questions et les hypothèses, de soit ne se traduit pas, soit est rendu par any ou some.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• accepteriez-vous de l'argent liquide ? would you take cash?

• as-tu de l'argent ? have you got any money?

• as-tu rencontré des randonneurs ? did you meet any hikers?

• si tu achètes du vin, j'en prendrai aussi if you buy some wine, I'll buy some too

• s'il y a des problèmes if there are any problems

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans les offres polies, on utilise plus souvent some.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• tu veux de l'aide ? do you want any help? ; (plus poli) would you like some help?

• voulez-vous des œufs ? would you like some eggs?

• vous ne voulez vraiment pas de vin ? are you sure you don't want some wine?

   c. ► pas... de... not any... no...

• je n'ai pas acheté de pommes I didn't buy any apples

• je n'ai pas de voisins I haven't got any neighbours

• il n'y a pas de pain there isn't any bread there's no bread

* * *

(d' before vowel or mute h) də, d préposition

1) ( indiquant l'origine) from

le train de Bruxelles — the train from Brussels

il arrive du Japon — he's just come from Japan

à 20 mètres de là — 20 metres [BrE] from there

un enfant de mon premier mari — a child by my first husband

un vin de Grèce — ( rapporté de là-bas) a wine from Greece; ( fait là-bas) a Greek wine

né de parents immigrés — born of immigrant parents

il est de père italien — his father is Italian

de méfiant il est devenu paranoïaque — he went from being suspicious to being paranoid

2) ( indiquant la progression)

de...à, de...en — from...to

de 8 à 10 heures — from 8 to 10 (o'clock)

du matin au soir — from morning till night

d'heure en heure — from hour to hour

3) ( indiquant la destination) to

4) ( indiquant la cause)

mourir de soif — to die of thirst

pleurer de rage — to cry with rage

trembler de froid — to shiver with cold

5) ( indiquant la manière) in

parler d'un ton monocorde — to speak in a monotone

tirer de toutes ses forces — to pull with all one's might

6) ( indiquant le moyen) with

pousser quelque chose du pied — to push something aside with one's foot

vivre de saucisses — to live on sausages

7) ( indiquant l'agent) by

un poème de Victor Hugo — a poem by Victor Hugo

avoir un enfant de quelqu'un — to have a child by somebody

8) ( indiquant la durée)

travailler de nuit/de jour — to work at night/during the day

ne rien faire de la journée — to do nothing all day

9) (indiquant l'appartenance, la dépendance)

les chapeaux de Paul — Paul's hats

un élève du professeur Talbin — one of professor Talbin's students

l'immensité de la mer — the immensity of the sea

le toit de la maison — the roof of the house

la porte de la chambre — the bedroom door

le cadran du téléphone — the dial on the telephone

c'est bien de lui — it's just like him

10) ( détermination par le contenant)

le foin de la grange — the hay in the barn

le vin du tonneau — ( qui s'y trouve) the wine in the barrel; ( qu'on a tiré) the wine from the barrel

11) ( détermination par le contenu) of

une tasse de café — a cup of coffee

12) ( détermination par la quantité) of

une minute de silence — one minute of silence, a minute's silence

13) ( détermination par le lieu) of

les pyramides d'Égypte — the pyramids of Egypt

14) ( détermination par le temps) of

le 20 du mois — the 20th of the month

la réunion de samedi — Saturday's meeting

la réunion du 20 juin — the meeting on 20 June

le train de 15 heures — the 3 o'clock train

les ventes de juin — the June sales

15) (détermination par la dimension, la mesure)

un livre de 200 pages — a 200-page book

être long de 20 mètres — to be 20 metres [BrE] long

7 euros de l'heure — 7 euros an hour

trop lourd de trois kilos — three kilos too heavy

16) (détermination par la nature, fonction, matière)

un billet de train — a train ticket

une robe de coton rouge — a red cotton dress

une bulle d'air — an air bubble

17) ( apposition) of

le mois de juillet — the month of July

le nom de Flore — the name Flore

18) ( avec attribut du nom ou du pronom)

trois personnes de tuées — three people killed

deux heures de libres — two hours free

20 euros de plus — 20 euros more

l'ourlet a deux centimètres de trop — the hem is two centimetres [BrE] too long

quelque chose/rien de nouveau — something/nothing new

c'est quelqu'un de célèbre — he's/she's famous

c'est ça de fait — (colloq) that's that out of the way

19) ( avec un infinitif)

ça me peinait de la voir ainsi — it upset me to see her like that

et eux de rire — and they laughed

20) ( après un déverbal)

le filtrage de l'eau pose de gros problèmes — filtering water poses big problems

21) ( après un superlatif) gén of; ( avec un lieu ou ensemble assimilé) in

le plus grand restaurant de la ville — the biggest restaurant in the town

22) (colloq) (en corrélation avec le pronom un, une)

pour une gaffe, c'en est une, de gaffe! — as blunders go, that was a real one!

23) ( dans une comparaison chiffrée) than

plus/moins de 10 — more/less than 10

••

La préposition

Certains emplois de la préposition de sont traités ailleurs dans le dictionnaire, notamment

lorsque de introduit le complément de verbes transitifs indirects comme douter de, jouer de, de verbes à double complément comme recevoir quelque chose de quelqu'un, de certains noms comme désir de, obligation de, de certains adjectifs comme fier de, plein de

lorsque de fait partie de locutions comme d'abord, de travers ou de composés comme chemin de fer, pomme de terre

lorsque de est utilisé dans la structure de déterminants indéfinis comme peu de, moins de etc

lorsque de fait suite à être dans certaines tournures être I

D'autres renvois essentiels apparaissent dans l'entrée ci-dessous, mais on se reportera également aux notes d'usage répertoriées pour certaines constructions

L'article indéfini

de article indéfini pluriel est traité avec un I

L'article partitif: de, de l', de la, du

Lorsqu'il exprime une généralité non quantifiée ou une alternative, de, article partitif ne se traduit pas: manger de la viande/du lapin/des oeufs = to eat meat/rabbit/eggs; il ne boit jamais de vin = he never drinks wine; tu prends du café au petit déjeuner? = do you have coffee for breakfast?; voulez-vous de la bière ou du vin? = would you like beer or wine?; il ne veut pas de vin mais de la bière = he doesn't want wine, he wants beer

Lorsque l'idée de quantité est présente il se traduit par some ou any: achète de la bière/des bananes = buy some beer/some bananas; voulez-vous de la bière? = would you like some beer?; évidemment, tu leur as donné de l'argent? = of course, you gave them some money?; y a-t-il du soleil? = is there any sun?; il n'y a pas de soleil = there isn't any sun, there's no sun; il y a rarement du soleil = there's seldom any sun; il n'y a jamais de soleil = there's never any sun; il n'y a plus de vin = there isn't any more wine

Et lorsque qu'il s'agit d'une partie déterminée d'un tout, il se traduit par some of ou any of: elle a mangé des gâteaux que j'ai achetés = she has eaten some of the cakes I bought; a-t-elle bu du vin que j'ai apporté? = did she drink any of the wine I brought?; je ne prendrai plus de ce mélange = I won't take any more of this mixture

* * *
de
1. nm

1) (à jouer) dice

un coup de dés — a throw of the dice

2) (dé à coudre) thimble

2. dés nmpl

1) (= jeu) dice, game of dice

2) CUISINE

couper en dés — to dice

* * *

de ⇒ Note d'usage (d' before vowel or mute h) prép

1 ( indiquant l'origine) from; leur départ/le train de Bruxelles their departure/the train from Brussels; il arrive du Japon he's just come from Japan; de la fenêtre, on peut voir… from the window, one can see…; à 20 mètres de là 20 metres^GB from there; de ce moment fml from that moment; un enfant de mon premier mari/mariage a child by my first husband/from my first marriage; elle est de Taiwan she's from Taiwan; un vin de Grèce ( rapporté de là-bas) a wine from Greece; ( fait là-bas) a Greek wine; né de parents immigrés born of immigrant parents; il est de père italien et de mère chinoise his father is Italian and his mother Chinese; le bébé est de février the baby was born in February; de méfiant il est devenu paranoïaque he went from being suspicious to being paranoid; d'ici là between now and then; d'ici la fin du mois by the end of the month; ⇒ par;

2 ( indiquant la progression) de…à, de…en from…to; de 8 à 10 heures from 8 to 10 (o'clock); de mardi à samedi, du mardi au samedi from Tuesday to Saturday; du matin au soir from morning till night; d'une semaine à l'autre from one week to the next; de Lisbonne à Berlin from Lisbon to Berlin; de l'équateur aux pôles from the equator to the poles; de ville en ville from town to town; d'heure en heure from hour to hour; de déception en désillusion from disappointment to disillusion; ⇒ Charybde, long, moins, moment, place, plus;

3 ( indiquant la destination) to; le train de Paris the train to Paris, the Paris train;

4 ( indiquant la cause) mourir de soif/de chagrin/d'une pneumonie to die of thirst/of a broken heart/of pneumonia; phobie de l'eau/la foule fear of water/crowds; des larmes de désespoir tears of despair; un hurlement de terreur a scream of terror; pleurer de rage to cry with rage; hurler de terreur to scream with terror; trembler de froid to shiver with cold; ⇒ joie;

5 ( indiquant la manière) in; parler d'un ton monocorde to speak in a monotone; s'exprimer de manière élégante to express oneself in an elegant way; plaisanterie d'un goût douteux joke in dubious taste; tirer de toutes ses forces to pull with all one's might; il a répondu d'un geste obscène he answered with an obscene gesture; ⇒ beau, cœur, concert, mémoire, tac, trait;

6 ( indiquant le moyen) with; pousser qch du pied to push sth aside with one's foot; soulever qch d'une main to lift sth with one hand; gravure/graver de la pointe d'un couteau engraving/to engrave with the point of a knife; suspendu des deux mains hanging by two hands; déjeuner/vivre de saucisses et de haricots to lunch/to live on sausages and beans; il a fait de sa chambre un bureau he made his bedroom into a study; ⇒ coup, coude;

7 ( indiquant l'agent) by; un poème/dessin de Victor Hugo a poem/drawing by Victor Hugo; avoir un enfant de qn to have a child by sb; respecté de tous respected by all;

8 ( indiquant la durée) travailler de nuit/de jour to work at night/during the day; ne rien faire de la journée/semaine to do nothing all day/week; de ma vie je n'avais vu ça I had never seen such a thing in my life; ⇒ temps;

9 (indiquant l'appartenance, la dépendance) les chapeaux de Paul/de mon frère/de mes parents Paul's/my brother's/my parents' hats; les oreilles de l'ours/de mon chat the bear's/my cat's ears; la politique de leur gouvernement/de la France their government's/France's policy, the policy of their government/of France; un élève du professeur Talbin one of professor Talbin's students; l'immensité de l'espace/la mer the immensity of space/the sea; le toit de la maison the roof of the house; la porte de la chambre the bedroom door; les rideaux de la chambre sont sales the bedroom curtains are dirty; j'ai lavé les rideaux de la chambre I washed the bedroom curtains; le cadran du téléphone the dial on the telephone; c'est bien de lui it's just like him;

10 ( détermination par le contenant) le foin de la grange the hay in the barn; le vin du tonneau ( qui s'y trouve) the wine in the barrel; ( qu'on a tiré) the wine from the barrel;

11 ( détermination par le contenu) of; une tasse de café a cup of coffee; un sac de charbon a sack of coal;

12 ( détermination par la quantité) of; cinq pages de roman five pages of a novel; deux mètres de tissu two metres^GB of material; trois litres de vin three litres^GB of wine; une minute de silence one minute of silence, a minute's silence; quatre heures de musique four hours of music; deux milliardièmes de seconde two billionths of a second; le quart de mes économies a quarter of my savings; la totalité or l'ensemble de leurs œuvres the whole of their works; les sept maisons du hameau the seven houses of the hamlet;

13 ( détermination par le lieu) of; les pyramides d'Égypte the pyramids of Egypt; le roi de Brunéi the King of Brunei; le premier ministre du Japon the prime minister of Japan, the Japanese prime minister; le comte de Monte-Cristo the Count of Monte-Cristo;

14 ( détermination par le temps) of; les ordinateurs de demain the computers of tomorrow; le 20 du mois the 20th of the month; la réunion de samedi Saturday's meeting; la réunion du 20 juin the meeting on 20 June; le train de 15 heures the 3 o'clock train; les ventes de juin the June sales;

15 (détermination par la dimension, la mesure) un livre de 200 pages a 200-page book; un spectacle de deux heures a two-hour show; une grue de 50 tonnes a 50-tonne crane; être long de 20 mètres, avoir 20 mètres de long to be 20 metres^GB long; 20 euros de l'heure 20 euros an hour; enceinte de trois mois three months' pregnant; on aura deux heures d'attente we'll have a two-hour wait; on aura deux heures de retard we'll be two hours late; trop lourd de trois kilos three kilos too heavy; plus/moins de trois more/less than three; elle est la plus âgée/jeune de deux ans she's the oldest/youngest by two years;

16 (détermination par la nature, fonction, matière) un billet de train a train ticket; une statue de cristal a crystal statue; un livre de géographie a geography book; un professeur de botanique a botany teacher; un chapeau de cow-boy a cowboy hat; une salle de réunion a meeting room; une robe de coton rouge a red cotton dress; une bulle d'air/de savon an air/a soap bubble; un joueur de tennis a tennis player; un produit de qualité a quality product; un travail de qualité quality work; un spécialiste de l'électronique an electronics expert, an expert in electronics; un homme de bon sens a man of common sense; la théorie de la relativité the theory of relativity; ⇒ bois, laine;

17 ( apposition) of; le mois de juillet the month of July; la ville de Singapour the city of Singapore; le titre de duc the title of duke; le nom de Flore the name Flore; le terme de quark the term quark;

18 ( avec attribut du nom ou du pronom) trois personnes de tuées three people killed; une jambe de cassée a broken leg; un seul ticket de valable only one valid ticket; deux heures de libres two hours free; 200 euros de plus 200 euros more; l'ourlet a deux centimètres de trop the hem is two centimetres^GB too long; ton imbécile de frère your stupid brother; quelque chose/rien de nouveau something/nothing new; je n'ai jamais rien vu de semblable I've never seen anything like it; c'est quelqu'un de célèbre he's/she's famous; c'est ça de fait○ that's that out of the way, that's that taken care of;

19 ( avec un infinitif) de la voir ainsi me peinait seeing her like that upset me; ça me peinait de la voir ainsi it upset me to see her like that; et eux/toute la salle de rire and they/the whole audience laughed; être content de faire to be happy to do;

20 ( après un déverbal) le filtrage de l'eau pose de gros problèmes filtering water poses big problems; le remplacement de la chaudière a coûté très cher replacing the boiler was very expensive;

21 ( après un superlatif) gén of; ( avec un lieu ou ensemble assimilé) in; le plus jeune des trois frères the youngest of the three brothers; le roi des rois the king of kings; le plus grand restaurant de la ville the biggest restaurant in the town; le plus vieux de la classe/famille the oldest in the class/family;

22 ○(en corrélation avec le pronom un, une) pour une gaffe, c'en est une, de gaffe! as blunders go, that was a real one!; est-ce que j'en ai une, moi, de voiture? and me, have I got a car?;

23 ( dans une comparaison chiffrée) than; plus/moins de 10 more/less than 10.

[de] nom masculin

1. JEUX die

des dés dice

jouer aux dés to play dice

coup de dé ou dés throw of the dice

jouer quelque chose sur un coup de dés to gamble something away

les dés (en) sont jetés the die is cast

2. CUISINE cube

couper du lard en dés to dice bacon

3. COUTURE

dé (à coudre) thimble

je prendrai un dé à coudre de cognac I'll have a tiny glass of cognac

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > dé

20 פתח

פָּתַח(b. h.) 1) to open, begin. Y.Ber.VI, end, 10d על כל … שהיה פוֹתֵהַוכ׳ over each cask as he opened it he said the benediction Sabb.104a, a. e. פּוֹתְחִין לו (Var. פְּתָחִין), v. טָמֵא I. Ib. 48a מתירין … אבל לא פותחין you may untie the neck-hole of a shirt, but not cut it open (on the Sabbath). Y.Taan.I, 64b top (ref. to Is. 45:8) כנקבה … פוֹתַחַתוכ׳ like the female that opens for the male. Ned.III, 4 לא יִפְתַּח לו בנדר he must not begin (offer his willingness) to make a vow (in order to escape robbery, v. נָדַר); a. v. fr.Part. pass. פָּתוּחַ; פְּתוּחָה; pl. פְּתוּחִים, פְּתוּחִין, פְּתוּחוֹת. Yeb.71b, a. e. נסתם הפ׳, v. סָתַם. Snh.94a, v. סָהֵם (v. מנצפ״ך). Meg.3a, פ׳ באמצע, v. סָתַם. Erub.IV, 6 שלש חצירות הפ׳ זו לזו ופ׳וכ׳ three courts opening into (communicating with) one another and into the public road; a. v. fr. פתה פתוח, v. פֶּתַח.Esp. (פרשה) פְּתוּחָה a paragraph in the Torah beginning with a new, indented line, opp. סתומה. Treat. Sofrim I, 14 איזהו פ׳ כל שלאוכ׳ what is an open paragraph? Such as does not begin at the beginning of a line, וכמה … ותהא נקראת פ׳ and how much space must one leave … for a paragraph to be called open?; a. fr.Trnsf. (to open the door to,) to introduce (into learning). Y.M. Kat. III, 83b top איזהו רבו כל שפ׳ לו תחלה who is called ones (special) teacher? He who was the first to initiate him; a. e.Esp. to open an opportunity for retracting a vow, to suggest reasons which, if known at the time, would have prevented the person from making the vow, v. חֲרָטָה. Ned.IX, 1 פותחין לאדם בכביךוכ׳ the judges offer suggestions taken from the respect due to parents (saying, if you had known that this vow cast a reflection on your father). Ib. רִפְתְּחוּ לו בכבוד המקים why not suggest to him the reverence due to the Lord (‘if you had known that he who makes a vow is considered an evil-doer)? Ib. 4 פותחין לו מן הכתובוכ׳ we offer suggestions to him from what is written in the Law, saying to him, if you had known that (in fulfilling that vow) you would transgress the law forbidding revenge ; a. fr.B. Kam.27a פ׳ בכד וסיים בחבית the Mishnah begins with kad and closes with ḥabith! Ber.10a פ׳ בה באשריוכ׳ v. סוּם I h. Gen. R. s. 84 אתה פָתֵחְתָּ תחלה בהצלתוכ׳ thou wast the first man to speak of saving life; אתה פתחת בתשובהוכ׳ thou wast the first to do repentance, … one of thy descendants shall rise and be the first (prophet) to call for repentance; a. fr.Esp. to open a lecture with a (Biblical) text. Pesik. Aḥăré, p. 170a> ר׳ לוי פ׳וכ׳ R. Levi took up the text (Ps. 75:5) Gen. R. s. 1; a. v. fr.Pesik. R. s. 33 (an editorial gloss) פ׳ בכל אלו הפרשיות the author takes his texts from all those (quoted) passages. 2) to explain, speak plainly. Shek. V, 1; Men.65a (ref. to פתחיה as identical with מרדכי) he was named Pethahia, שהיה פותח דברים ודורשןוכ׳ (not בדברים) because he explained words and interpreted them (etymologically) and knew seventy languages.Part. pass. as ab. Sifré Aḥăré, beg., v. סָתַם. Nif. נִפְתַּח 1) to be opened. Yeb.71b, a. e., v. סָתַם. R. Hash. 16b שלשה … נִפְתָּחִין בר״ה three books are opened (for recording) on the New Years Day. B. Bath. 125b, v. סוּם I, Nithpa. Pesik. R. l. c. להִיפָּתֵחַ to have ones bowels opened, v. פְּסִיעָה; a. fr.Ib. (editorial gloss) ונ׳ עוד שם בפרשתוכ׳ and furthermore this section (Is. 61:1) was used as the opening text; a. fr.Esp. to have ones eyes opened, to become seeing. Pesik. R. s. 42 בשילדה שדה כל סומא … נ׳ when Sarah gave birth, every blind person in the world was restored to sight; a. e. Pi. פִּיתֵּהֵ 1) to open. Ib. פי׳ הפילקיות he opened the prisons. Par. III, 8 ועושין … ומְפַתְּחִין בה חלונות they piled wood in the shape of a tower and opened windows in it. Zeb.88b רימונים שלא פִיתְּחוּ פיהן (Ms. K. a. R. 2 נִפְתְּהוּ; Ms. R. 1 נִתְפַּתְּחוּ, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 5) pomegranates which have not yet burst open; a. e. 2) to engrave. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 43b Pl. פי׳ בה פיתוחים if he cut designs into it. 3) to dig, break ground. Pirké dR. El. ch. XXVIII; Gen. R. s. 76 כשיצמד … יְפַתְּחוּ וישדדווכ׳ when an ox and a cow are harnessed together, they will break and harrow all valleys. Hithpa. הִתְפַּתֵּחַ, Nithpa. נִתְפַּתֵּחַ 1) to be opened, v. supra. Pesik. R. s. 31 נִתְפַּתְּחוּ בדם they (their cavities) were opened with (discharged) blood; a. e. 2) to be cut into, graven. Tosef.Sot.XV, 1; Y. ib. IX, 24b וכיון … היו מִתְפַּתְּחוֹת לפניווכ׳ and when they let it (the Shamir, v. שָׁמִיר) look at the stones, they were engraven before it like the (wax-covered) tablets Y.Kil.VII, beg.30d מתפתחת R. S. to Kil. VIII, 1, v. פִּתְפֵּת.

Jewish literature > פתח

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

См. также в других словарях:

This Is the House That Jack Built — is a popular British nursery rhyme, first popularized by Randolph Caldecott. It is a cumulative tale that doesn t tell the story of Jack, who builds a house, but instead shows how the house is indirectly linked to numerous things and people, and… … Wikipedia

Cow Palace — Former names California State Livestock Pavilion Location 2600 Geneva Avenue, Daly City, California 94117 … Wikipedia

The Darkness (comics) — The Darkness The Darkness. Art by Marc Silvestri Publication information Publisher Image Comics … Wikipedia

The Canon of Medicine — (Arabic: القانون في الطب Al Qanun fi al Tibb The Law of Medicine ; Persian: قانون Qanun Law ; Latin: Canon Medicinae Canon of Medicine ; Chinese: Hui Hui Yao Fang Prescriptions of the Hui Nationality ) is a 14 volume Arabic medical encyclopedia… … Wikipedia

The Book of Healing — (Arabic: الشفاء Al Shefa , Latin: Sanatio ) is a scientific and philosophical encyclopedia written by the great Islamic polymath Abū Alī ibn Sīnā (Avicenna) from Asfahana, near Bukhara in Greater Persia (now Uzbekistan). Despite its English title … Wikipedia

The Neptunes discography — The Neptunes are a two member producing group consisting of Pharrell Williams and Chad Hugo. This discography lists the recorded performances as a duo and individuals. It also lists the writing and production credits as The Neptunes, as Williams… … Wikipedia

The Amazing Race 10 — Season run September 17, 2006 – December 10, 2006 Filming dates May 27, 2006 – June 24, 2006 No. of episodes 13 Winning team Tyler Denk James Branaman Continents visited … Wikipedia

The Tick (comics) — The Tick comic book series was created by Ben Edlund in 1988 and originally published in black white by the New England Comics store in Boston, Massachusetts. The series provided modest beginnings for its title character who would later feature… … Wikipedia

The Peachbones — are a band based out of Ashland, Ohio.HistoryThe Early Days (1994 1997) The Peachbones formed in 1994, in Ashland, Ohio by Ron Copenhaver, Matt Hoover, and Donne Copenhaver. Matthew Hoover met Ron Copenhaver s guitar before he met Ron Copenhaver … Wikipedia

The Adventure of the Priory School — by Arthur Conan Doyle Released 1903 Series The Return of Sherlock Holmes Client(s) Thorneycroft Huxtable The Duke of Holdernesse Set in 1903 Villain(s) James Wilder, Reuben Hayes, and the Duke as a complaisant conspirator and bankroll … Wikipedia

The Book of Sorrows — is the sequel novel to Walter Wangerin, Jr. s The Book of the Dun Cow. Published by Zondervan in 1985, it was received quite well by such known publications as the Washington post, who called it, A beautifully written fantasy anchored starkly in… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the cow that's first up

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the cow that's first up

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: